WO2024094212A1 - 应用于负压面罩组件的选型方法以及选型装置 - Google Patents

应用于负压面罩组件的选型方法以及选型装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024094212A1
WO2024094212A1 PCT/CN2023/129918 CN2023129918W WO2024094212A1 WO 2024094212 A1 WO2024094212 A1 WO 2024094212A1 CN 2023129918 W CN2023129918 W CN 2023129918W WO 2024094212 A1 WO2024094212 A1 WO 2024094212A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
negative pressure
patient
mask assembly
pressure mask
selection
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/129918
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
周明钊
何垄
庄志
Original Assignee
北京怡和嘉业医疗科技股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202222948215.9U external-priority patent/CN219461612U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202211379985.4A external-priority patent/CN117982771A/zh
Priority claimed from CN202211379575.XA external-priority patent/CN117982761A/zh
Priority claimed from CN202222948733.0U external-priority patent/CN219462235U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202222948281.6U external-priority patent/CN219461613U/zh
Application filed by 北京怡和嘉业医疗科技股份有限公司 filed Critical 北京怡和嘉业医疗科技股份有限公司
Publication of WO2024094212A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024094212A1/zh

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F5/00Orthopaedic methods or devices for non-surgical treatment of bones or joints; Nursing devices; Anti-rape devices
    • A61F5/56Devices for preventing snoring
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M16/00Devices for influencing the respiratory system of patients by gas treatment, e.g. mouth-to-mouth respiration; Tracheal tubes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M16/00Devices for influencing the respiratory system of patients by gas treatment, e.g. mouth-to-mouth respiration; Tracheal tubes
    • A61M16/06Respiratory or anaesthetic masks

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to the technical field of negative pressure therapy, and more specifically, to a selection method and a selection device for a negative pressure mask assembly.
  • Non-invasive negative pressure ventilation devices such as negative pressure therapy devices
  • They usually include a negative pressure mask assembly that wraps around the patient's neck, a negative pressure pump that provides continuous suction, and a hose connecting the negative pressure mask assembly and the negative pressure pump.
  • the negative pressure mask assembly wraps around the outside of the patient's respiratory tract (for example, below the mandible and around the neck).
  • the continuous negative pressure makes the air pressure on the outside of the patient's respiratory tract lower than the air pressure on the inside of the respiratory tract.
  • the patient's respiratory tract is opened under the action of the air pressure difference, which can effectively prevent snoring.
  • Negative pressure therapy devices are widely used in obstructive sleep apnea (OSA).
  • OSA obstructive sleep apnea
  • the negative pressure mask assembly There are usually two ways for patients to wear the negative pressure mask assembly: one is to provide a self-adhesive adhesive on the negative pressure mask assembly and bond the negative pressure mask assembly to the patient's neck through the self-adhesive adhesive; the other is to fix the negative pressure mask assembly through a neck strap, and the neck strap only surrounds the patient's neck.
  • the above two methods are not comfortable to wear and cannot ensure a good seal between the patient and the negative pressure mask assembly.
  • the opening and closing of the negative pressure pump is usually operated by a person. This method cannot maintain the stability of the air pressure in the negative pressure mask, causing discomfort to the patient during treatment.
  • the negative pressure pump provides an excessive suction force due to mechanical failure or human error
  • the suction force is greater than the human body's tolerance for long-term wear, it may cause damage such as skin strain in the patient's wearing area (e.g., neck).
  • An object of the present disclosure is to provide a new technical solution for a method of selecting a negative pressure mask assembly.
  • a method for selecting a negative pressure mask assembly includes: obtaining the gender of the patient, wherein, if the patient is female, the inner surface of the negative pressure mask assembly forms a curved surface structure; if the patient is male, the inner surface of the negative pressure mask assembly forms a curved surface structure, and a relief notch or a flexible component is provided in the middle of the curved surface structure; obtaining the distance between the earlobes of the patient, and determining the width of the negative pressure mask assembly according to the distance; obtaining the circumference of the patient's neck, and determining the curvature of the side of the negative pressure mask assembly in contact with the patient according to the circumference; and determining the model of the negative pressure mask assembly according to the width and curvature.
  • the method further includes: obtaining a first angle formed between the patient's lower jaw and the patient's neck when the patient looks straight ahead; and determining the model of the negative pressure mask assembly according to the width, the curvature and the first angle.
  • the method further includes: obtaining a second angle formed between the patient's lower jaw and the patient's neck when the patient looks up; and determining the model of the negative pressure mask assembly according to the width, the curvature, the first angle and the second angle.
  • the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the spacing is inconsistent with the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the circumference, the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the spacing is used as the standard.
  • the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the circumference and the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the second angle are If the models are inconsistent, the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined by the circumference shall be used as the standard.
  • the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the first angle is inconsistent with the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the second angle
  • the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the second angle is used as the standard.
  • the models of negative pressure mask assemblies corresponding to the patient's gender include a first type negative pressure mask assembly, a second type negative pressure mask assembly and a third type negative pressure mask assembly, the size of the first type negative pressure mask assembly is larger than the size of the second type negative pressure mask assembly, and the size of the second type negative pressure mask assembly is larger than the size of the third type negative pressure mask assembly; wherein, the spacing of the first type negative pressure mask assembly is larger than the spacing of the second type negative pressure mask assembly, and the spacing of the second type negative pressure mask assembly is larger than the spacing of the third type negative pressure mask assembly; the curvature of the first type negative pressure mask assembly is larger than the curvature of the second type negative pressure mask assembly, and the curvature of the second type negative pressure mask assembly is larger than the curvature of the third type negative pressure mask assembly.
  • a selection device applied to the above selection method includes a sheet body, on which a plurality of notches are provided, the notches are in an arc-shaped structure, and the plurality of notches have different sizes to correspond to different types of negative pressure mask assemblies, and the two ends of the notch are used to respectively fit the earlobes of the patient's ears to determine the type of the negative pressure mask assembly.
  • the sheet body includes a first part and a second part connected together, the first part and the second part can be folded in half, a fold line is formed between the first part and the second part, the notch corresponding to the male patient is located on the side of the first part away from the fold line, and the notch corresponding to the female patient is located on the side of the second part away from the fold line.
  • a selection device applied to the above selection method includes a sheet structure, and a plurality of selection protrusions protruding outward are arranged at the edge of the sheet structure, and the selection protrusions include a first side and a second side at a set angle, and the set angles of the plurality of selection protrusions are different to correspond to different models of negative pressure mask assemblies, and the selection protrusions are used to be inserted between the patient's lower jaw and neck to determine the model of the negative pressure mask assembly.
  • the sheet structure includes a third part and a fourth part connected together, the third part and the fourth part can be folded in half, a fold line is formed between the third part and the fourth part, the selection protrusion corresponding to male patients is located on the side of the third part away from the fold line, and the selection protrusion corresponding to female patients is located on the side of the fourth part away from the fold line.
  • a selection device applied to the above selection method includes a sheet body, a plurality of selection protrusions are arranged in the sheet body, the selection protrusions are connected to the sheet body through an easy-tear portion, the plurality of selection protrusions are set at different angles to correspond to different models of negative pressure mask assemblies, and the selection protrusions are used to be inserted between the patient's lower jaw and neck to determine the model of the negative pressure mask assembly.
  • the shaping protrusion can be bent to protrude laterally from the sheet body; or the shaping protrusion can be removed from the sheet body.
  • the selected protrusion is in a triangular structure, and a corner of the triangular structure for contacting the patient is chamfered.
  • the easy-tear portion includes an easy-tear strip
  • the protrusion is selected to be a triangular structure, and two edges of the triangular structure for contacting the patient are connected to the sheet body through the easy-tear strip.
  • a selection device for a negative pressure mask assembly comprises: a first module, the first module is used to obtain the distance between the earlobes of the patient's two ears; a second module, the second module is used to obtain the circumference of the patient's neck; a processor, the processor is used to obtain the circumference, and determine the width of the negative pressure mask assembly according to the distance, determine the curvature of the side of the negative pressure mask assembly in contact with the patient according to the circumference, and determine the model of the negative pressure mask assembly according to the width and curvature.
  • a third module which is used to obtain a first angle formed between the patient's lower jaw and the patient's neck when the patient looks straight ahead; the processor is also used to determine the model of the negative pressure mask assembly based on the width, curvature and the first angle.
  • the third module is also used to obtain a second angle formed between the patient's lower jaw and the patient's neck when the patient looks up; the processor is also used to determine the model of the negative pressure mask assembly based on the width, curvature, the first angle and the second angle.
  • the processor is also used to use the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the spacing as a standard when the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the spacing is inconsistent with the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the circumference.
  • the processor is also used to use the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the circumference as a standard when the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the circumference is inconsistent with the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the second angle.
  • the processor is also used to use the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the first angle as a standard when the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the second angle is inconsistent.
  • a gender acquisition module which is used to obtain the patient's gender
  • the processor is also used to set the inner surface of the negative pressure mask assembly to a curved surface structure when the patient is a female; when the patient is a male, the inner surface of the negative pressure mask assembly is set to a curved surface structure, and an avoidance gap or a flexible component is provided in the middle of the curved surface structure.
  • a headband for a negative pressure ventilation device, the headband comprising a headband main body, the headband main body is constructed to cover the top of the patient's head and occipital bone, the middle part of the headband main body is a hollow structure; and a plurality of connecting straps, one end of the connecting strap is connected to the edge of the headband main body, a headband fixing structure is provided on at least one connecting strap, at least one connecting strap is connected to the headband main body at a position behind the patient's ear, and the plurality of connecting straps extend toward the patient's lower jaw, and the plurality of connecting straps are relative to the headband main body.
  • the body is symmetrically arranged, and the headband fixing structure is used to connect with the negative pressure mask.
  • a negative pressure mask comprising: a main body and a safety valve connected to the main body, the safety valve comprising a mounting tube and a sealing member, the mounting tube comprising an internal channel having an internal port and an external port, the sealing member being arranged at the external port, the sealing member comprising a self-sealing sheet and a sealing port, the self-sealing sheet protruding outward from the internal channel, the sealing port being provided on the self-sealing sheet, the self-sealing sheet being able to seal the sealing port to seal the internal channel, and the self-sealing sheet causing the sealing port to open when the air pressure difference between the inner side and the outer side of the internal channel exceeds a critical pressure.
  • a negative pressure therapy device comprising a negative pressure generating device.
  • the negative pressure generating device comprises: a housing, a chamber is arranged inside the housing, an air extraction pipe connected to the chamber is arranged on the housing, and an airway valve is arranged on the air extraction pipe; and a suction device is arranged inside the housing, and the suction device is configured to suck gas from the chamber; under the condition that the pressure inside the negative pressure mask is greater than or equal to a first threshold, the airway valve is opened.
  • a selection device for a negative pressure mask is provided.
  • the device is used to measure the angle between the patient's mandible and neck, and the selection device comprises: a first arm; a second arm, one end of the second arm is rotatably connected to one end of the first arm, the first arm and the second arm are respectively used to contact the mandible and neck, and the distance from the second arm to the center is greater than the distance from the first arm to the center; and a ruler, the ruler is connected to the other end of the first arm, and a selection scale is provided on the ruler, the second arm can swing relative to the first arm along the ruler so that the first arm and the second arm form a set angle, and the model of the negative pressure mask is determined according to the position of the second arm on the selection scale.
  • the headband provided by the present disclosure can ensure good sealing between the negative pressure mask assembly and the patient and is comfortable to wear.
  • the negative pressure mask provided by the present disclosure has a sealing member including a self-sealing sheet and a sealing port.
  • the self-sealing sheet protrudes outward from the internal channel. Negative pressure is formed in the internal channel. Under the action of the internal and external air pressure difference, the self-sealing sheet is squeezed inward. At this time, the sealing port is better sealed under the mutual squeezing of the self-sealing sheets.
  • the air pressure difference exceeds the critical pressure
  • the self-sealing sheet can undergo elastic deformation under the action of pressure, and then open the sealing port inward to allow external air to enter, thereby ensuring that the air pressure in the component where the safety valve is installed does not exceed the critical pressure.
  • the negative pressure mask can effectively protect the patient.
  • the negative pressure mask has a simple structure and is easy to process. It does not require electromagnetic drive or air pressure drive and can automatically open when the air pressure difference exceeds the critical air pressure and automatically close when the air pressure difference does not exceed the critical air pressure.
  • a detection probe can be inserted through the safety valve to detect parameters such as air pressure and temperature inside the component where the safety valve is located. After the probe is pulled out, the self-sealing sheet returns to a position that closes the sealing port to ensure that the sealing port does not leak.
  • the negative pressure treatment device includes a negative pressure generating device.
  • the negative pressure generating device is provided with an airway valve, and the airway valve can be controlled so that when the pressure in the negative pressure mask is greater than or equal to a first threshold, the airway valve is opened, thereby vacuuming the negative pressure mask to treat the patient. In this way, the air pressure in the negative pressure mask can be kept stable, thereby improving the comfort of the patient during treatment.
  • the selection device provided by the present disclosure can determine the size of the angle between the patient's lower jaw and neck through the swing of the second arm relative to the first arm and the position of the second arm on the selection scale line, and the model of the suitable negative pressure mask can be determined according to the size of the angle.
  • the device has the characteristics of convenient use, easy carrying and high measurement accuracy.
  • the size of the angle can be used as a basis for manufacturing the size of the negative pressure mask, thereby making the manufacturing of the negative pressure mask more accurate.
  • the selection method provided by the present disclosure can accurately determine the model of the negative pressure mask assembly suitable for the patient.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a cushion assembly according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 2A, 2B, 2C, 2D, 2E, 2F, 2G, and 2H are cross-sectional views of gasket assemblies of various structures along section A in FIG. 1 .
  • 3A and 3B are schematic diagrams of the cushion assembly sealing against the patient's skin.
  • FIG. 4A is an exploded view of another cushion assembly according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 4B is a cross-sectional view of the cushion assembly shown in FIG. 4A along section B.
  • FIG. 4B is a cross-sectional view of the cushion assembly shown in FIG. 4A along section B.
  • 5A, 5B, 5C and 5D are schematic diagrams of assembling the soft rubber part and the cup according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 5E is a schematic diagram of the assembly principle of the soft rubber part and the cup shown in FIG. 5D .
  • 6A, 6B and 6C are schematic diagrams of the structure of a framework according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 7A and 7B are schematic structural diagrams of a curved pipe according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIGS. 7C and 7D are schematic structural diagrams of a hose according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG8A is a schematic structural diagram of a negative pressure mask assembly according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 8B, 8C, and 8D are cross-sectional views of negative pressure mask assemblies of various structures along section C in FIG. 8A.
  • FIG. 9A is a schematic structural diagram of a gasket assembly with a groove structure according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9B and 9C are cross-sectional views of the pad assembly shown in FIG. 9A along section D.
  • FIG. 9B and 9C are cross-sectional views of the pad assembly shown in FIG. 9A along section D.
  • FIG. 9D is a schematic structural diagram of another gasket assembly with a groove structure according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 9E, 9F, 9G, 9H, 9I, 9J, 9K, and 9L are cross-sectional views of the gasket assembly of various structures in FIG. 9D.
  • 9M and 9N are schematic diagrams of a cushion assembly sealing against a patient's skin according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10A is a schematic diagram of a first headband according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10B is a schematic diagram of a second headband according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10C is a schematic diagram of a third headband according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10D is a schematic diagram of a fourth headband according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10E is a schematic diagram of the fourth headband according to an embodiment of the present disclosure at another angle.
  • FIG. 11A is an assembly diagram of a headband fixing structure, a connecting strap, and a frame according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 11B is an exploded view of FIG. 11A .
  • 12A is an assembly diagram of the self-adhesive membrane, the negative pressure mask assembly, and the hose according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 12B is a schematic diagram of a self-adhesive film according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 12C is an assembly diagram of the self-adhesive membrane, the negative pressure mask assembly, and the hose from another angle according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 12D is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 12C .
  • FIG. 13A is a schematic diagram of a cushion assembly with a breathable layer according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 13B is a cross-sectional view taken along section E of FIG. 13A .
  • FIG. 13C is a partial enlarged view of FIG. 13B .
  • 13D and 13E are partial cross-sectional views of the soft rubber portion and the cup.
  • FIG. 14A is a perspective view of a safety valve according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 14B is a cross-sectional view of a safety valve according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 14C is an assembly diagram of a safety valve and a three-way pipe according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 14D is a partial cross-sectional view of FIG. 14C .
  • FIG. 14E is an assembly diagram of a safety valve and a negative pressure mask assembly according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 15A, 15B, 15C, 15D, and 15E are schematic diagrams of measuring a patient according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 15F is a flow chart of selecting a negative pressure mask assembly according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 15G is a schematic diagram of the structure of a caliper according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 15H is a schematic diagram of a measuring tape according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG15I is a schematic diagram of the structure of another caliper according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 15J is a structural schematic diagram of a negative pressure mask assembly selection device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 15K is a structural schematic diagram of another negative pressure mask assembly selection device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 15L is a rear view of FIG. 15K .
  • FIG. 15M is a schematic diagram of the assembly of the first arm and the scale in FIG. 15K .
  • Figure 15N is a structural schematic diagram of another negative pressure mask assembly selection device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 15O is a schematic diagram of the assembly of the first arm and the scale in FIG. 15N .
  • Figure 15P is a structural schematic diagram of another negative pressure mask assembly selection device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 15Q is a structural schematic diagram of another negative pressure mask assembly selection device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 16A is a perspective view of a negative pressure generating device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 16B is an exploded view of a negative pressure generating device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 16C is a schematic diagram of a negative pressure generating device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 16D is a schematic diagram of a negative pressure therapy device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 16E is a flow chart of a method for controlling a negative pressure therapy device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the negative pressure therapy device includes a negative pressure mask assembly, a hose 4 , a headband 5 , an air extraction pipeline 6 , a negative pressure generating device 7 , etc.
  • the negative pressure mask assembly includes a cushion assembly 1 and a frame 2 .
  • the negative pressure mask assembly also includes a bend 3, a hose, etc.
  • the negative pressure mask assembly is used to contact the patient.
  • the cushion assembly 1 contacts the patient's skin and forms a sealed negative pressure chamber at the patient's lower jaw and neck.
  • the cushion assembly 1 is a hood-shaped structure with an opening. The opening is used to dock with the patient and form a negative pressure chamber.
  • a first mounting hole 13 is formed in the middle of the cushion assembly. The first mounting hole 13 extends in a direction away from the opening. The first mounting hole 13 is used to connect to the bend 3 or the hose 4.
  • the frame 2 is arranged outside the cushion assembly 1, for example, sleeved outside the first mounting hole 13.
  • the frame 2 provides support force for the cushion assembly 1 to ensure the stability of the negative pressure chamber.
  • the elbow 3 is connected between the cushion assembly 1 and the negative pressure generating device 7 to form a gas passage.
  • the hose 4 is directly connected between the cushion assembly 1 and the negative pressure generating device to form a gas passage.
  • the elbow 3 and the hose 4 are connected.
  • the elbow 3 is connected to the cushion assembly 1.
  • the hose 4 is connected to the negative pressure generating device 7.
  • the headband 5 fixes the negative pressure mask assembly to the patient's neck.
  • the negative pressure generating device 7 evacuates the negative pressure chamber so that the air pressure in the negative pressure chamber is less than the external air pressure of the cushion assembly 1.
  • An embodiment of the present disclosure provides a cushion assembly 1 for use in a negative pressure therapy device. As shown in FIG1 , the cushion assembly 1 is used to contact the patient's skin.
  • the cushion assembly 1 as a whole is a left-right symmetrical structure.
  • the cushion assembly 1 includes a soft rubber portion 11, a cup 12, and a first mounting hole 13.
  • the cup 12 is a cup-shaped structure.
  • the cup 12 is arranged around the first mounting hole 13 and is connected to one end of the first mounting hole 13.
  • the first mounting hole 13 is used to connect to the elbow 3 or the hose 4.
  • the soft rubber portion 11 is arranged around the cup 12 and is connected to the edge of the cup 12.
  • the soft rubber part 11 is made of a soft material.
  • the soft material may be, but is not limited to, silicone, gel, TPE, TPU, etc.
  • the structural strength of the cup 12 is greater than the structural strength of the soft rubber part 11.
  • the hardness of the cup 12 is greater than the hardness of the soft rubber part 11.
  • the material of the cup 12 may be, but is not limited to, PC, PP, etc.
  • the cup 12 is made of the same material as the soft rubber part 11, but the thickness of the cup 12 is greater than the thickness of the soft rubber part 11. In this way, the structural strength of the cup 12 will be greater than the structural strength of the soft rubber part 11.
  • the cup 12 has a set rigidity to keep its shape fixed.
  • a negative pressure chamber is formed between the cup 12 and the patient's skin.
  • the rigidity of the cup 12 can withstand a pressure difference of more than 20 hPa between the inner and outer sides of the negative pressure chamber without changing shape.
  • the first mounting hole 13 is fixedly connected to the cup 12.
  • the first mounting hole 13 is located in the middle of the cup 12 and extends to the side away from the negative pressure chamber. Of course, it can also be located in the middle of the cup 12, slightly to the left or slightly to the right.
  • the first mounting hole 13 is used to install the bend 3 or the hose 4, and is connected to the negative pressure generating device 7 through the bend 3 and/or the hose 4.
  • the first mounting hole 13 can also be used to install the frame 2.
  • the outer wall of the first mounting hole 13 is provided with a mounting protrusion 14.
  • the mounting protrusion 14 is arranged around the circumference of the first mounting hole 13.
  • the middle part of the frame 2 has a fixing hole.
  • the fixing hole is stuck on the mounting protrusion 14, so that the frame 2 is fixed outside the first mounting hole 13.
  • the frame 2 is used to connect with the headband 5, so as to facilitate the close contact between the cushion assembly 1 and the patient's skin, and form a negative pressure chamber between the cushion assembly 1 and the patient.
  • the soft glue part 11 includes a plurality of soft glue layers.
  • the plurality of soft glue layers include a first soft glue layer 111 and a second soft glue layer 112.
  • the first soft glue layer 111 and the second soft glue layer 112 have a first side and a second side opposite to each other in the width direction.
  • the first side of the first soft glue layer 111 and the first side of the second soft glue layer 112 are connected to the cup 12, and the second side of the first soft glue layer 111 and the second side of the second soft glue layer 112 extend outward.
  • the first soft glue layer 111 is used to contact the patient's skin, and the second soft glue layer 112 is located outside the first soft glue layer 111.
  • the first soft glue layer 111 and the second soft glue layer 112 are spaced apart.
  • the second side of the second soft glue layer 112 supports the first soft glue layer 111 so that the first soft glue layer 111 forms a good sealing effect with the patient's skin.
  • the liner assembly 1 includes an inner liner 11a and an outer liner 11b.
  • the inner liner 11a and the outer liner 11b each include a pipe section 13a, 13b located in the middle, a cover disposed around the pipe section 13a, 13b, and a cover disposed around the pipe section 13a, 13b.
  • the pipe sections 13a, 13b are connected to the cover bodies 12a, 12b and the edge parts thereof.
  • At least one of the pipe sections 13a, 13b and the cover bodies 12a, 12b is made of a hard material, and the edge parts are made of a soft material.
  • the pipe sections 13a, 13b, the cover bodies 12a, 12b and the edge parts are all made of a soft material, and the thickness of the pipe sections 13a, 13b and the cover bodies 12a, 12b is greater than the thickness of the edge parts, so that the structural strength of the pipe sections 13a, 13b and the cover bodies 12a, 12b is greater than the soft edge parts.
  • the inner liner 11a and the outer liner 11b are stacked and connected together.
  • the inner liner 11a and the outer liner 11b are connected together by bonding, clamping, or hot melting.
  • the cover body 12a of the inner liner 11a and the cover body 12b of the outer liner 11b are combined together, for example, the two are completely fitted together or partially fitted together, to form a cup 12.
  • the pipe section 13a of the inner liner 11a and the pipe section 13b of the outer liner 11b are combined together, for example, the two are connected to form a first mounting hole 13.
  • the first soft rubber layer 111 is located at the edge portion of the inner liner 11a.
  • the second soft rubber layer 112 is located at the edge portion of the outer liner 11b.
  • a mounting protrusion 14 is provided on the pipe section of the outer liner 11b.
  • the thickness of the second soft glue layer 112 is greater than that of the first soft glue layer 111, as shown in FIG2A.
  • the width of the second soft glue layer 112 is smaller than the width of the first soft glue layer 111, as shown in FIG2B .
  • the second edge of the second soft glue layer 112 is opposite to the middle of the first soft glue layer 111.
  • the first soft glue layer 111 has a redundant portion relative to the second soft glue layer 112. The redundant portion can increase the contact area between the first soft glue layer 111 and the patient's skin, thereby maintaining a good seal between the first soft glue layer 111 and the patient's skin.
  • the second edge of the second soft glue layer 112 is bent away from the first soft glue layer 111, as shown in FIG2C.
  • the second edge forms an arc surface extending outward.
  • the distance between the second soft glue layer 112 and the first soft glue layer 111 is large
  • the first soft glue layer 111 has a large activity space
  • the second soft glue layer 112 and the first soft glue layer 111 overlap in a large area, and the contact area between the two is large, which makes the sealing area between the first soft glue layer 111 and the patient's skin large, and the sealing effect is better.
  • the second edge of the second soft adhesive layer 112 is bent toward the side close to the first soft adhesive layer 111, as shown in FIG2D.
  • the distance between the second soft adhesive layer 112 and the first soft adhesive layer 111 is small, the activity space of the first soft adhesive layer 111 is small, and the overlap area of the bent second soft adhesive layer 112 and the first soft adhesive layer 111 is large, and the two have a large contact area, so that the first soft adhesive layer 111 can be more effectively provided with structural support.
  • a flange 112a is provided on the second side of the second soft adhesive layer 112, as shown in FIG2E.
  • the thickness of the flange 112a is greater than the thickness of the second soft adhesive layer 112 other than the flange 112a, which makes the overall structural strength of the second soft adhesive layer 112 higher, and the second soft adhesive layer 112 has a greater support force on the first soft adhesive layer 111.
  • a curved surface is formed on one side of the flange 112a close to the first soft rubber layer 111.
  • the flange 112a can stably support the first soft rubber layer 111, and the curved surface can form a slidable fulcrum B, thereby adapting to the movement of the patient's head.
  • this allows a larger contact area between the second soft adhesive layer 112 and the first soft adhesive layer 111 , and a larger contact area between the first soft adhesive layer 111 and the patient's skin, thereby achieving a better sealing effect of the negative pressure chamber.
  • the cross section of the flange 112a is circular, elliptical, etc.
  • the flanges 112a of the above shapes can improve the sealing effect of the negative pressure chamber.
  • a channel is provided in the flange 112a along the extension direction of the flange 112a.
  • the channel can reduce the overall weight of the flange 112a without reducing the overall structural strength of the second soft rubber layer 112, thereby reducing the overall weight of the second soft rubber layer 112.
  • the channel enables the flange 112a to undergo elastic deformation when squeezed by external force, which enables the first soft rubber layer 111 to adjust its local structure according to the structure of the patient's neck and mandible, so that the first soft rubber layer 111 can better fit the patient's skin.
  • the cross section of the channel is circular, rectangular, trapezoidal, triangular, elliptical, semicircular, etc.
  • the above structures can reduce the weight of the second soft adhesive layer 112 and make the first soft adhesive layer 111 fit the patient's skin.
  • the size and shape of the soft rubber part 11 are different at different positions around the cup 12.
  • the first soft rubber layer 111 is bent away from the second soft rubber layer 112, as shown in FIG. 2A .
  • the first soft rubber layer 111 is bent toward the side close to the second soft rubber layer 112, as shown in FIG. 2B-FIG. 2H . In this way, the first soft rubber layer 111 can effectively contact the patient's skin.
  • the sizes and shapes of the soft rubber part 11 at different positions around the cup 12 are not limited to the above embodiments, and those skilled in the art can make selections according to actual needs.
  • the second end of the second soft adhesive layer 112 is bent toward the side close to the first soft adhesive layer 111 and connected to the middle of the first soft adhesive layer 111 to form a fulcrum B, as shown in FIG2G .
  • the fulcrum B can effectively support the first soft adhesive layer 111, so that the first soft adhesive layer 111 forms a good seal with the patient's skin.
  • a first chamber CB1 is formed between the second soft rubber layer 112 and the first soft rubber layer 111.
  • the first chamber CB1 allows the first soft rubber layer 111 to partially deform, thereby adapting to the structure of the patient's mandible and neck to maintain a good sealing effect.
  • the sealing point formed between the first soft rubber layer 111 and the patient's skin is also immovable, so the seal cannot be dynamically adjusted according to the patient's movements.
  • the soft glue part 11 includes a first soft glue layer 111 , a second soft glue layer 112 , and a third soft glue layer 113 .
  • the soft rubber part can achieve dynamic sealing, that is, dynamically adjust the sealing according to the patient's movements.
  • the cushion component 1 and the patient's skin form a stable negative pressure chamber.
  • the air pressure inside the negative pressure chamber is lower than the air pressure outside the negative pressure chamber.
  • a seal is formed at the contact point between the first soft glue layer 111 of the soft glue part 11 and the patient's skin, i.e., the sealing point C.
  • the second soft glue layer 112 is supported on the outside of the first soft glue layer 111.
  • the second soft glue layer 112 provides support for the seal between the first soft glue layer 111 and the patient's skin.
  • the support point between the second soft glue layer 112 and the first soft glue layer 111 is the fulcrum B.
  • the sealing point C and the fulcrum B are opposite to each other, that is, the sealing point C and the fulcrum B are respectively located inside and outside the same position of the first soft rubber layer 111, the supporting force of the second soft rubber layer 112 on the first soft rubber layer 111 acts on the patient's skin through the sealing point C.
  • the sealing effect between the first soft rubber layer 111 and the patient's skin is the best; on the contrary, if the sealing point C and the fulcrum B are not opposite to each other, the sealing between the first soft rubber layer 111 and the patient's skin may be poor.
  • the position of the sealing point C will change dynamically.
  • the position of the fulcrum B between the second soft rubber layer 112 and the first soft rubber layer 111 is fixed, as shown in FIG2G , or the soft rubber part 11 is a single-layer structure, the relative position of the fulcrum B and the sealing point C will shift, which will cause the seal between the first soft rubber layer 111 and the patient's skin to fail.
  • the second soft rubber layer 112 supports the first soft rubber layer 111 at the fulcrum B. Under the support of the second soft rubber layer 112, the first soft rubber layer 111 is squeezed and sealed against the patient's skin at the sealing point C. The second end of the second soft rubber layer 112 is not connected to the first soft rubber layer 111.
  • a first chamber CB1 is formed between the second soft rubber layer 112 and the first soft rubber layer 111.
  • the sealing point C moves.
  • the contact point between the second soft rubber layer 112 and the first soft rubber layer 111 i.e., the fulcrum B
  • the fulcrum B automatically adjusts its position as the sealing point C deviates, so as to maintain a good seal between the first soft rubber layer 111 and the patient's skin.
  • the sealing point C and the fulcrum B always remain located at the inner and outer sides of the same position of the first soft rubber layer 111, respectively, thereby achieving a dynamic sealing effect.
  • the first chamber CB1 provides sufficient elastic deformation space for the second soft rubber layer 112 and the first soft rubber layer 111, thereby increasing the wearing comfort of the cushion assembly 1, and the first chamber CB1 provides sufficient adjustment space for the second soft rubber layer 112 and the first soft rubber layer 111, thereby increasing the sealing between the cushion assembly 1 and the patient's skin.
  • the disclosed embodiment provides a connection method for the cup 12 and the soft rubber part 11.
  • the cup 12 and the soft rubber part 11 can be integrally formed using the same material, and the material can be but is not limited to rubber, silicone, etc.
  • the cup 12 and the soft rubber part manufactured by integral molding are shown in Figures 2A to 2H, 3A, 3B, and 4B.
  • the cup 12 and the soft rubber part can also be independently molded, and then connected to connect the cup 12 and the soft rubber part 11 together.
  • the cup 12 and the soft rubber part 11 are connected together by a mechanical assembly method.
  • a circumferentially extending groove is provided on any one of the outer edge of the cup 12 and the inner edge of the soft rubber part 11, and a circumferentially extending protrusion is provided on the other of the two.
  • a circumferentially extending first protrusion 121 is provided on the cup 12.
  • a circumferentially extending first groove 114 is provided on the soft rubber part.
  • first protrusion 121 may be continuously arranged around the cup 12, or the first protrusion 121 may be arranged only partially around the cup 12, or a plurality of first protrusions 121 may be arranged discontinuously around the cup 12.
  • the first groove 114 may be continuously arranged around the soft rubber part 11, or the first groove 114 may be arranged only partially around the soft rubber part 11, or a plurality of first grooves 114 may be arranged discontinuously around the soft rubber part 11.
  • the first protrusion 121 is inserted into the first groove 114 to achieve sealing between the cup 12 and the soft rubber part 11.
  • the first protrusion 121 and the first groove 114 are connected together by interference fit.
  • the soft rubber part 11 and the cup 12 together form a negative pressure chamber.
  • the sealing and stability between the two are essential for the negative pressure chamber. Maintaining negative pressure is crucial.
  • a second protrusion 122 is provided on the cup 12, and the second protrusion 122 is provided on the side of the first protrusion 121.
  • the second protrusion 122 is perpendicular or substantially perpendicular to the protruding direction of the first protrusion 121, for example, the angle between the protruding directions of the two protrusions is 80°-110°.
  • a second groove 115 is provided on the soft rubber part 11.
  • the second groove 115 is provided on the side wall of the first groove 114.
  • the second groove 115 is perpendicular or substantially perpendicular to the concave direction of the first groove 114, for example, the angle between the concave directions of the two grooves is 80°-110°.
  • the first protrusion 121 is snap-fitted with the first groove 114.
  • the second protrusion 122 is snap-fitted with the second groove 115. Since the clamping connection between the second protrusion 122 and the second groove 115 interferes with the separation of the first protrusion 121 and the first groove 114, the cup 12 and the soft rubber part 11 can be effectively prevented from being separated, thereby improving the sealing effect between the two.
  • first protrusion 121 is connected to the first groove 114
  • second protrusion 122 is connected to the second groove 115. Both of the above two connection modes are detachable. When the cup 12 or the soft rubber part is aged and intact, any one of them can be replaced.
  • a second protrusion 122 is provided on the side wall of the first groove 114.
  • a second groove 115 is provided on the side wall of the first protrusion 121.
  • the second protrusion 122 may be arranged continuously or discontinuously along a side wall of the first protrusion 121 or a side wall of the first groove 114.
  • the second groove 115 may be arranged continuously or discontinuously along a side wall of the first protrusion 121 or a side wall of the first groove 114.
  • the second groove 115 is a through hole penetrating one side wall of the first groove 114 or a through hole penetrating two side walls of the first protrusion; alternatively, the second groove 115 is a non-through hole.
  • the first protrusion 121 and the first groove 114 are bonded by an adhesive.
  • an adhesive is provided in the first groove 114. In the assembled state, the adhesive bonds the first protrusion 121 and the first groove 114 together, thereby achieving connection and sealing between the cup 12 and the soft rubber part.
  • the adhesive is, for example, but not limited to, polyacrylic resin, polyurethane adhesive, synthetic adhesive, UV adhesive, etc.
  • the adhesive is applied to the first groove 114 and/or the first protrusion 121 by dispensing, hand coating, spraying, rolling, pressure dipping, vacuum dipping, etc.
  • a surface treatment process may be used between the soft rubber part 11 and the cup 12 to increase the bonding strength between the two.
  • the surface treatment process includes, but is not limited to, plasma treatment, in-mold decoration technology (IMD), UV aging treatment, surface brushing treatment, electroplating, etc.
  • the materials of the soft rubber part 11 and the cup 12 are materials that can be bonded in an injection mold.
  • secondary injection molding or a two-color mold process is used to connect the soft rubber part 11 and the cup 12 together.
  • the cup 12 is a polycarbonate material (PC)
  • the soft rubber part is a material such as silicone, TPE, TPU, etc. that can be bonded to the polycarbonate material.
  • the cup 12 of PC material is first liquid-molded in an injection mold, and then secondary injection molding of silicone, TPE, TPU, etc. is performed to form the soft rubber part 11 on the cup 12. After curing, the cup 12 is fixed together with the soft rubber part 11. Since good bonding force can be formed between the material of the soft rubber part 11 and the material of the cup 12, the soft rubber part 11 can be tightly bonded to the cup 12, so that the cushion component 1 has high structural strength and good sealing performance.
  • the soft rubber part 11 and the cup 12 are molded by secondary injection molding or a two-color molding process.
  • One of the soft rubber part 11 and the cup 12 is injection molded first.
  • a hinge hole is formed at a portion of the soft rubber part 11 for connection or a portion of the cup 12 for connection.
  • the injection plastic enters the hinge hole.
  • the portion of the soft rubber part 11 for connection is hinged to the portion of the cup 12 for connection. In this way, the bonding strength of the soft rubber part 11 and the cup 12 is higher, the connection between the two is more secure, and the overall structural strength of the pad assembly 1 is higher.
  • a hinge hole 123 is provided on the cup 12.
  • the cup 12 is subjected to secondary injection molding to form the soft rubber part 11.
  • the injection plastic flows through the hinge hole 123.
  • a through hole 116 is formed.
  • the hinge hole 123 and the through hole 116 are hinged to each other, so that the cup 12 and the soft rubber part 11 are connected to each other.
  • the connection strength between the cup 12 and the soft rubber part 11 depends on the strength of the materials of the soft rubber part 11 and the cup 12. If the connection between the two is to be destroyed, the cup 12 material and/or the soft rubber part 11 material needs to be broken.
  • This method makes the connection strength between the soft rubber part 11 and the cup 12 more reliable and the sealing performance better.
  • the use of the secondary injection molding process does not require consideration of the bonding force between the material of the soft rubber part 11 and the material of the cup 12, so the material selection is wider.
  • the bonding force between the soft rubber part 11 and the cup 12 materials is strong, which makes the cushion assembly 1 have better connection strength and sealing performance.
  • the negative pressure chamber is at atmospheric pressure. After evacuation, the pressure inside the negative pressure chamber is lower than the outside atmospheric pressure. There is a pressure difference between the inside and outside of the chamber. The pressure difference causes the cushion component 1 to be adsorbed on the patient's skin. However, the air pressure in the negative pressure chamber is unstable. For example, the movement of the patient's head, the contraction of the throat muscles, etc. can easily cause leakage between the cushion component 1 and the patient's skin, causing the air pressure in the negative pressure chamber to change.
  • the fixing device generally includes a frame 2 and a headband 5. When in use, the fixing device stabilizes the cushion assembly 1 at the patient's lower jaw and neck, ensuring the stability of the negative pressure chamber.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure provides a frame 2 for a negative pressure therapy device.
  • the frame 2 is supported on the outside of the cushion assembly 1 and connected to the headband to provide support for the cushion assembly 1 and ensure the stability of the air pressure in the negative pressure chamber.
  • the frame 2 includes a frame body 21 and a fixing interface 22.
  • a fixing interface 22 and a second mounting hole 23 are provided on the frame body 21.
  • the fixing interface 22 is used to connect with the headband 5.
  • the fixing interfaces 22 are symmetrically distributed on both sides of the frame body 21. For example, there are two or four fixing interfaces 22.
  • a first column 221 is provided on one side of the fixing interface 2.
  • the headband 5 passes through the fixing interface and bypasses the first column 221, and is connected to the frame 2 through the first column 221.
  • the first column 221 can be but is not limited to a prism, a cylinder, etc.
  • a second mounting hole 23 is formed in the middle of the frame body 21.
  • the second mounting hole 23 is a circular hole, a square hole or other polygonal holes.
  • the second mounting hole 23 is in contact with the mounting protrusion 14.
  • the second mounting hole 23 is sleeved outside the mounting protrusion 14 of the cushion assembly 1, so that the frame 2 can form a constraint on the cushion assembly 1.
  • the elbow 3 extends from the first mounting hole 13 and the second mounting hole 23.
  • the second mounting hole 23 is provided with a rotation-stopping device 231.
  • the rotation-stopping device 231 is a rotation-stopping protrusion, a rotation-stopping groove, etc.
  • the second mounting hole 23 is provided with a rotation-stopping groove.
  • a rotation-stopping protrusion is provided on the mounting protrusion 14. The rotation-stopping protrusion is inserted into the rotation-stopping groove, thereby forming a rotation-stopping fit.
  • the second mounting hole 23 is provided with a rotation-stopping protrusion.
  • a rotation-stopping groove is provided on the mounting protrusion 14. In this way, a rotation-stopping fit can also be formed.
  • the frame 2 is made of a hard material, which may be, but not limited to, plastic, metal, ceramic, glass, etc.
  • the plastic may be, but not limited to, PC, PP, PA, etc.
  • the frame body 21 may be integrally formed by injection molding, and structures such as the second mounting hole 23, the fixing interface 22, the first column 221, and the anti-rotation device 231 may be formed on the frame body 21.
  • the number of the fixing interfaces 22 is greater than 2.
  • multiple fixing interfaces 22 are connected to the headband 5 to form a fixing device of the negative pressure therapy device.
  • the number of the fixing interfaces 22 is 4, as shown in FIG6B .
  • the fixing interface 22 includes a first fixing interface 22A and a second fixing interface 22B.
  • the two first fixing interfaces 22A are located above the two second fixing interfaces 22B.
  • the first fixing interface 22A and the second fixing interface 22B located on the same side are spaced apart.
  • the two first fixing interfaces 22A and the two second fixing interfaces 22B are respectively connected to different parts of the headband 5 .
  • the two first fixing interfaces 22A are located near the patient's lower jaw.
  • the two second fixing interfaces 22B are located near the patient's neck.
  • the frame 2 After being connected to the headband 5, the frame 2 forms a tightening force on the cushion assembly 1 at four locations, so that the cushion assembly 1 is more tightly sealed with the patient, effectively avoiding the occurrence of air leakage in the negative pressure chamber due to the movement of the patient's head, the contraction of the throat muscles, etc.
  • the frame 2 also includes a connecting arm 24.
  • the connecting arm 24 is connected to the frame body 21.
  • the connecting arm 24 is in a strip-like structure.
  • the connecting arm 24 extends outward from the frame body 21.
  • a fixed interface 22 and a first column 221 are provided at the end of the connecting arm 24.
  • the connecting arm 24 can swing and deform relative to the frame body 21, so that the position of the headband 5 and the connecting arm 24 can be dynamically adjusted.
  • the negative pressure mask assembly can dynamically adjust the position of the fixed interface 22 as the patient's neck moves (head movement, neck muscle movement, etc.), thereby reducing the influence of the movement of the patient's neck on the sealing position of the cushion assembly 1 and the patient's skin, and improving the stability of the negative pressure chamber seal.
  • the connecting arm 24 is a flat thin-walled structure with a set hardness and flexibility.
  • the connecting arm 24 is made of PP, PA, etc.
  • the thin-walled structure allows the connecting arm 24 to be bent and deformed in the thickness direction and has a certain elasticity.
  • the plurality of connecting arms 24 are symmetrically distributed on both sides of the frame body 21. In this way, the structure formed by the connecting arms 24 and the headband 5 is more stable.
  • FIG6C there are four connecting arms 24, and the four connecting arms 24 are symmetrically connected to the frame body 21 in pairs.
  • the four fixed interfaces 22 are respectively arranged at the ends of the four connecting arms 24.
  • Two of the connecting arms 24 are symmetrically arranged on the upper side of the frame body 21, and are used to extend the positions of the two first fixed interfaces 22A away from the frame body 21.
  • the other two connecting arms 24 are symmetrically arranged on the lower side of the frame body 21, and are used to extend the positions of the two second fixed interfaces 22B away from the frame body 21 (not shown).
  • This arrangement allows the patient's head to have a larger space for movement, and can ensure that a good sealing effect is maintained during the movement of the patient's head.
  • the flexible sleeve is made of a flexible material. Or attached to the outside of the connecting arm 24.
  • the flexible sleeve has a good touch and can improve the comfort of the patient.
  • the flexible material can be a textile material.
  • the textile material is natural cotton, down, silk and other materials.
  • the flexible material can also be a textile material formed by weaving, knitting, coating, crocheting or bonding of natural materials or artificial fibers.
  • the flexible sleeve can be a single-layer textile material or a multi-layer textile material.
  • the flexible sleeve can also be a multi-layer textile formed by the above-mentioned various prevention materials and non-textile materials.
  • the non-textile material can be a polyurethane foam material, etc.
  • the flexible sleeve can also be a textile containing plastic materials, for example, a mixture of nylon and polyester, a mixture of nylon and spandex, a mixture of polyester and spandex, a mixture of nylon, polyester and spandex, a mixture of microfiber or polyurethane, etc.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure provides a bend pipe 3 applied to a negative pressure therapy device.
  • the bend pipe 3 is a hollow pipe structure.
  • the bend pipe 3 constitutes a part of the negative pressure ventilation airway.
  • the bend pipe 3 is connected between the cushion assembly 1 and the exhaust pipe 6, and can provide a certain degree of rotational freedom and/or swinging freedom to reduce the influence of the swing or dragging of the exhaust pipe 6 on the air tightness of the negative pressure chamber.
  • the elbow 3 includes a first interface 31, an elbow body 32 and a second interface 33.
  • the first interface 31 can be assembled and connected to the frame 2, and can also be assembled and connected to the cushion assembly 1.
  • the first interface 31 may be a ball head structure, as shown in FIG7A .
  • the ball head structure forms a spherical connection with the cushion assembly 1 or the frame 2.
  • the spherical connection enables the elbow 2 to form two degrees of freedom, rotation and swing, relative to the cushion assembly 1 or the frame 2 in the form of a spherical pair.
  • the first interface 31 may be a cylindrical structure, as shown in Fig. 7B.
  • the cylindrical structure forms a cylindrical connection with the liner assembly 1 or the frame 2.
  • the cylindrical connection allows the elbow 2 to form a rotational degree of freedom relative to the liner assembly 1 or the frame 2 in the form of a cylindrical pair.
  • the second interface 33 can be assembled and connected to the hose 4, or it can be assembled and connected to the air extraction pipe 6. As shown in FIG7A , the second interface 33 can be a male structure. During assembly, the hose 4 or the air extraction pipe 6 is sleeved on the outside of the second interface 33. Of course, the second interface 33 can also be a female structure, as shown in FIG7B . During assembly, the hose 4 or the air extraction pipe 6 is inserted into the inside of the second interface 33.
  • connection between the second interface 33 and the hose 4 or the air extraction pipe 6 can be a cylindrical pair connection to form a rotational freedom.
  • the hose 4 or the air extraction pipe 6 can rotate relative to the elbow 3. In this way, the influence of the swing or drag of the air extraction pipe 6 on the elbow 3 and the influence of the swing or drag on the airtightness of the negative pressure chamber can be reduced.
  • the disclosed embodiment provides a hose 4 for use in a negative pressure therapy device.
  • the hose 4 is a pipe made of a flexible material.
  • the hose 4 can also be a corrugated tube.
  • the hose 4 constitutes a part of the negative pressure ventilation airway.
  • the hose 4 can be bent and deformed during use.
  • the hose 4 includes a third interface 41, a bend pipe body 42, and a fourth interface 43.
  • the third interface 41 can be directly assembled and connected to the frame 2 or the cushion assembly 1; it can also be assembled and connected to the bend pipe 3.
  • the connection method of the above connection can be a cylindrical connection to form a rotational degree of freedom.
  • the fourth interface 43 is connected to the exhaust pipe 6 or the negative pressure source 7.
  • the connection method of the fourth interface 4 to the exhaust pipe 6 or the negative pressure source 7 can also be a cylindrical connection.
  • a middle piece 8 is further included, as shown in FIG7C .
  • the middle piece 8 is located between the frame 2 and the elbow 3 or between the frame 2 and the hose 4 .
  • the assembly connection structure between the middle piece 8, the elbow 3, the frame 2, and the hose 4 can be, but is not limited to, the following embodiments:
  • the negative pressure therapy device comprises a cushion assembly 1, a frame 2, a bend pipe 3, an air extraction conduit 6 and a negative pressure source 7.
  • the bend pipe 3 is connected between the frame 2 and the air extraction conduit 6.
  • the negative pressure therapy device comprises a cushion assembly 1, a frame 2, a hose 4, an air suction conduit 6 and a negative pressure source 7.
  • the hose 4 is connected between the frame 2 and the air suction conduit 6.
  • the negative pressure therapy device comprises a cushion assembly 1, a frame 2, a bend 3, an air extraction conduit 6, a negative pressure source 7 and a middle piece 8.
  • the bend 3 is connected between the frame 2 and the air extraction conduit 6 through the middle piece 8.
  • the negative pressure therapy device comprises a cushion assembly 1, a frame 2, a hose 4, an air suction conduit 6, a negative pressure source 7 and an intermediate piece 8.
  • the hose 4 is connected between the frame 2 and the air suction conduit 6 through the intermediate piece 8.
  • the negative pressure therapy device comprises a cushion assembly 1, a frame 2, a bend pipe 3, a hose 4, an air extraction conduit 6 and a negative pressure source 7.
  • the bend pipe 3 is connected between the frame 2 and the hose 4.
  • the hose 4 is connected to the air extraction conduit 6.
  • the negative pressure therapy device comprises a cushion assembly 1, a frame 2, a bend 3, a hose 4, an air extraction conduit 6, a negative pressure source 7 and an intermediate piece 8.
  • the bend 3 is connected between the frame 2 and the hose 4 through the intermediate piece 8.
  • the hose 4 is connected to the air extraction conduit 6.
  • the disclosed embodiment provides a connection method between components such as a pad assembly 1, a frame 2, a bend 3, and a hose 4 for a negative pressure therapy device.
  • the connection method between the above components can be, but is not limited to, ultrasonic welding, laser welding, high-frequency welding, bonding, and the like.
  • the cushion assembly 1, the frame 2, the elbow 3 and the hose 4 are connected in a detachable manner, in which way a certain component can be removed from the entire machine to facilitate cleaning and replacement.
  • the cushion assembly 1 is assembled and connected to the frame 2 , and the elbow 3 is connected to the cushion assembly 1 .
  • the cushion assembly has a mounting protrusion 14, as shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 4A.
  • the mounting protrusion 14 is snapped into the second mounting hole 23 of the frame 2, as shown in FIG. 8A-FIG. 8B.
  • the cushion assembly 1 is provided with a protrusion or a groove.
  • the protrusion or the groove forms a rotation stop with the rotation stop device 231 of the frame 2 (as shown in FIG. 6A-FIG. 6C), so as to prevent the relative rotation between the cushion assembly 1 and the frame 2.
  • the first interface 31 of the elbow 3 is assembled in the first mounting hole 13 (as shown in FIG. 1 to FIG. 5D ) of the cushion assembly 1.
  • the connection between the elbow 3 and the cushion assembly 1 can be a cylindrical connection or a spherical connection.
  • the frame 2 is assembled and connected to the cushion assembly 1 .
  • the second mounting hole 23 has an annular protrusion extending inwardly.
  • the annular protrusion is embedded in the mounting protrusion 14 .
  • the elbow 3 is connected to the frame 2 .
  • a protrusion or a groove is provided in the mounting protrusion 14 to cooperate with the anti-rotation setting between the cushion assembly 1 and/or the frame 2.
  • the first interface 31 of the elbow 3 is assembled in the second mounting hole 23 of the frame 2.
  • the connection between the first interface 31 and the second mounting hole 23 can be a cylindrical connection or a spherical connection.
  • the cushion assembly 1 is assembled and connected to the frame 2.
  • the first mounting hole 13 is connected to the second mounting hole 23 to form a passage together.
  • the frame 2 is arranged outside the mounting protrusion 14.
  • the elbow 3 is connected to the first mounting hole 13 and the second mounting hole 23.
  • the mounting protrusion 14 of the cushion assembly 1 is snap-fitted to the frame 2.
  • a non-rotating fit is formed between the cushion assembly 1 and the frame 2 to prevent relative rotation therebetween.
  • the first mounting hole 13 of the cushion assembly 1 and the second mounting hole 23 of the frame 2 together form a mounting hole position connected to the first interface 31 of the elbow 3.
  • the first interface 31 of the elbow 3 is assembled in the first mounting hole 13 and the second mounting hole 23 at the same time.
  • the connection between the elbow 3 and the cushion assembly 1 and the frame 2 can be a cylindrical connection or a spherical connection.
  • the elbow 3 in the above embodiment is replaced by a hose 4, as shown in Fig. 12D.
  • the connection between the hose 4 and the cushion assembly 1 and the frame 2 is the same as the connection between the elbow 3 and the cushion assembly 1 and the frame 2 in Figs. 8A to 8D, which will not be described in detail.
  • the elbow 3 and/or the hose 4 may also be connected to the cushion assembly 1 and/or the frame 2 via a middle piece 8.
  • the structure of the middle piece 8 is shown in FIG7 .
  • the elbow 3 and/or the hose 4 are detachably connected to the cushion assembly 1 and/or the frame 2 .
  • the above-mentioned cylindrical connection or spherical connection is configured as a detachable connection.
  • the bend pipe 3 and/or the hose 4 can be removed from the cushion assembly 1 and/or the frame 2 for replacement, thereby preventing the cushion assembly 1, the frame 2, etc. from being scrapped.
  • the bend pipe 3 and/or the hose 4 are dirty, the bend pipe 3 and/or the hose 4 can be removed from the cushion assembly 1 and/or the frame 2 for cleaning.
  • the bend pipe 3 and/or the hose 4 can be removed from the cushion assembly 1 and/or the frame 2 without removing the entire negative pressure treatment device from the patient's neck, which can effectively avoid the cushion assembly 1 from being repeatedly removed, resulting in poor sealing performance.
  • the bend pipe 3 and/or the hose 4 can be removed from the cushion assembly 1 and/or the frame 2 for easy operation.
  • the disclosed embodiment provides another cushion assembly 1 for use in a negative pressure therapy device.
  • the cushion assembly 1 includes a soft rubber portion 11, a cup 12, and a first mounting hole 13.
  • a groove 15 protruding outward from the negative pressure chamber is provided on the cup 12 and/or the soft rubber portion 11.
  • the head will squeeze and stretch the cushion assembly 1.
  • the cup 12 is prone to squeezing deformation or stretching deformation. The above deformation can weaken the force of the head movement transmitted to the soft rubber portion 11, thereby reducing the movement of the sealing point C, thereby making the sealing of the negative pressure chamber more stable and reducing the risk of air leakage.
  • the negative pressure source 7 can dynamically compensate for the change in negative pressure value caused by the change in the volume of the negative pressure chamber.
  • the air suction of the negative pressure source 7 needs to be transmitted over a long distance through the air suction pipe 6 before it can act on the negative pressure chamber. Therefore, the negative pressure value of the negative pressure chamber cannot be adjusted in real time.
  • the dynamic compensation of the negative pressure source 7 cannot be in place in real time.
  • the air pressure in the negative pressure chamber is inversely proportional to the volume of the negative pressure chamber.
  • a groove 15 is provided on the cup 12.
  • the groove 15 can be adjusted when the head moves (such as at the point When there are head movements, shaking head movements) and/or throat muscle movements (for example, swallowing movements), the volume of the negative pressure chamber is dynamically compensated in real time, thereby reducing the change in the air pressure value in the negative pressure chamber, further ensuring the stability of the negative pressure chamber and reducing the risk of air leakage.
  • the groove 15 is made of a soft rubber material, which can be stretched or squeezed when the head moves.
  • the soft rubber material can be but is not limited to rubber or silicone.
  • the soft rubber part 11 and the cup 12 are made of the same soft rubber material.
  • the soft rubber part 11 and the cup 12 are integrally formed.
  • the groove 15 is provided on the cup 12.
  • the concave direction of the groove 15 is the direction away from the negative pressure chamber, and extends in the horizontal direction.
  • the groove 15 is arranged in an axisymmetric manner, or it can be arranged in an asymmetrical manner.
  • Figures 9B and 9C respectively show the states of the groove 15 when the patient's lower jaw is in a high position and a low position during the nodding movement. Specifically, when the patient's lower jaw is in a high position, as shown in Figure 9B, the groove 15 is in a tensile deformation state, and the volume of the negative pressure chamber is large; when the patient's lower jaw is in a low position, as shown in Figure 9C, the groove 15 is in a compressive deformation state, and the volume of the negative pressure chamber is small.
  • the state change of the groove 15 absorbs the deformation of the soft rubber part 11 during the nodding movement, the position of the sealing point C does not move during the nodding movement, thereby avoiding the movement of the sealing point C causing sealing failure and ensuring the sealing stability of the negative pressure chamber.
  • the groove 15 is arranged at a position close to the patient's lower jaw of the cup 12. In this way, the deformation of the soft rubber part 11 caused by the movement of the patient's lower jaw can be effectively absorbed.
  • the width of the groove 15 decreases gradually from the middle to both sides in the horizontal direction.
  • the middle of the groove 15 in the horizontal direction is opposite to the middle of the patient's mandible.
  • the displacement of the middle position of the mandible is the largest, and the displacement gradually decreases from the middle position to both sides.
  • the width of the groove 15 is set according to the displacement of different parts of the patient's mandible, avoiding the imbalance of materials in various parts of the groove 15.
  • the groove 15 can adjust the volume of the negative pressure chamber in real time.
  • the volume of the negative pressure chamber decreases.
  • the groove 15 expands outward to dynamically make up for a part of the decrease in the volume of the negative pressure chamber to prevent a sudden and sharp increase in the pressure value in the negative pressure chamber.
  • the volume of the negative pressure chamber increases.
  • the groove 15 collapses inward to dynamically reduce the increase in the volume of the negative pressure chamber to prevent a sharp drop in the air pressure in the negative pressure chamber. In this way, the groove 15 ensures the stability of the negative pressure chamber and reduces the risk of air leakage.
  • the groove 15 is recessed outward and extends along the vertical direction.
  • the groove 15 is disposed on the left side and/or the right side of the cushion assembly 1 .
  • the soft rubber part 11 and the cup 12 are made of the same soft rubber material.
  • the soft rubber part 11 and the cup 12 are integrally formed, for example, by injection molding.
  • the groove 15 is provided on the cup 12.
  • the groove 15 is provided on the left and right sides of the cup 12.
  • the two grooves 15 are symmetrical. When the patient shakes his head, the groove 15 will undergo tensile deformation or compression deformation, thereby preventing the force of shaking the head from being transmitted to the soft rubber part 11, reducing the movement of the sealing point C, preventing the sealing failure at the sealing point C, and ensuring the stability of the negative pressure chamber.
  • the groove 15 can dynamically compensate the volume of the negative pressure chamber in real time, making up for the rapid change of the air pressure in the negative pressure chamber during the head shaking movement, thereby further ensuring the stability of the negative pressure chamber.
  • the groove 15 can also be provided at the position of the cup 12 close to the patient's lower jaw and at the left and right sides of the cup 12. In this way, the stability of the negative pressure chamber during the patient's nodding and shaking movements can be ensured at the same time.
  • the groove 15 is arranged around the first mounting hole 13.
  • the groove 15 can absorb the movement of the patient's head in any direction.
  • multiple grooves 15 there are multiple grooves 15. Multiple grooves 15 are arranged around the first mounting hole 13. The grooves 15 can also absorb the movement of the patient's head in any direction.
  • a groove 15 is provided on the cup 12.
  • the recessed direction of the groove 15 is recessed toward the inner side of the negative pressure chamber.
  • the position of the groove 15 is close to the mounting protrusion 14.
  • the groove 15 can absorb the deformation of the cup 12 caused by the patient lowering his head.
  • a plurality of grooves 15 are provided, for example, three.
  • One of the grooves 15 is recessed outward from the negative pressure chamber.
  • Another groove 15 is recessed toward the inner side of the negative pressure chamber, and the groove 15 is located between the two recessed grooves.
  • the plurality of grooves 15 can more effectively absorb the deformation of the cup 12 caused by the patient lowering his head, and avoid the seal formed between the soft rubber part 11 and the patient's skin from being damaged.
  • a groove 15 is provided near the mounting protrusion 14, which is sunken outward from the negative pressure chamber.
  • a groove 15 is provided near the soft rubber portion 11, which is sunken toward the inside of the negative pressure chamber. The two grooves 15 can more effectively absorb the deformation of the cup 12 caused by the patient lowering his head, and avoid the seal formed between the soft rubber portion 11 and the patient's skin from being damaged.
  • a groove 15 is provided near the mounting protrusion 14 and is recessed toward the inside of the negative pressure chamber.
  • a groove 15 is provided near the soft rubber portion 11 and is recessed outward from the negative pressure chamber. The two grooves 15 can be more effectively The deformation of the cup 12 caused by the patient lowering his head can be absorbed effectively, so as to avoid the seal formed between the soft rubber part 11 and the patient's skin being damaged.
  • the groove 15 is configured to be partially folded during the patient's head movement. As shown in FIG9K , under normal conditions, the groove 15 is located at the position shown by the solid line in FIG9K . When the patient nods, the groove 15 can move downward. For example, it moves to the dotted line position in FIG9K .
  • the partial folding of the groove 15 can be achieved by controlling the thickness of different parts of the groove 15.
  • the soft rubber part 11 and the cup 12 are integrally formed of the same soft rubber material, and the groove 15 is provided on the cup 12.
  • the edge of the groove 15 contacts the portion of the cup 12 to form a first bending portion 151.
  • a second bending portion 152 is formed at the bottom of the groove 15.
  • the thickness of the first bending portion 151 is smaller than that of the second bending portion 152. Therefore, when subjected to external force, the first bending portion 151 is more likely to deform than the second bending portion 152.
  • the position of the first bending portion 151 will move, thereby causing the groove 15 to fold.
  • 9I to 9K show the folding positions and directions of the first bending portions 151 of different structures.
  • the first bent portion 151 is connected to the soft rubber portion 11.
  • the first bent portion 151 is recessed from outside the negative pressure chamber to inside the negative pressure chamber.
  • the second bent portion 152 is connected to the mounting protrusion 14.
  • the second bent portion 152 is recessed from inside the negative pressure chamber to outside.
  • the first bent portion 151 is located outside the second bent portion 152.
  • the thickness of the first bent portion 151 is less than the thickness of the second bent portion 152.
  • FIG. 9M and FIG. 9N respectively show the state positions of the first bending portion 151 and the second bending portion 152 when the patient's lower jaw is in a high position and a low position during the nodding movement.
  • the groove 15 is not folded, and the volume of the negative pressure chamber is large.
  • the position of the second bending portion 152 remains unchanged.
  • the first bending portion 151 Since the first bending portion 151 is thin, it is folded downward on the inner side of the negative pressure chamber, and the volume of the negative pressure chamber is reduced. In this way, during the nodding movement, the position of the sealing point C does not move, thereby preventing the sealing failure at the sealing point C from causing leakage of the negative pressure chamber, thereby ensuring the stability of the negative pressure chamber.
  • the folding of the first bending portion 151 can adjust the volume of the negative pressure chamber in real time. Specifically, when the patient's mandible moves from a high position (as shown in FIG. 9M ) to a low position (as shown in FIG. 9N ), the volume of the negative pressure chamber decreases. At this time, the groove 15 expands in a direction away from the negative pressure chamber to dynamically compensate for the decrease in the volume of the negative pressure chamber and prevent a sharp increase in the pressure in the negative pressure chamber. When the patient's mandible moves from a low position (as shown in FIG. 9N ) to a high position (as shown in FIG. 9M ), the volume of the negative pressure chamber increases.
  • the groove 15 is folded inward from outside the negative pressure chamber to dynamically reduce the increase in the volume of the negative pressure chamber and prevent a sharp decrease in the air pressure in the negative pressure chamber.
  • the stability of the negative pressure chamber can be guaranteed and the risk of air leakage in the negative pressure chamber can be reduced.
  • the first bend portion 151 is connected to the mounting protrusion 14.
  • the first bend portion 151 is recessed from the inside of the negative pressure chamber to the outside.
  • the second bend portion 152 is connected to the soft rubber portion 11.
  • the second bend portion 152 is recessed from the outside of the negative pressure chamber to the inside.
  • the first bend portion 151 is located outside the second bend portion 152.
  • the thickness of the first bend portion 151 is less than the thickness of the second bend portion 152.
  • the first bend portion 151 is connected to the soft rubber portion 11.
  • the first bend portion 151 is recessed from inside the negative pressure chamber to outside.
  • the second bend portion 152 is connected to the mounting protrusion 14.
  • the second bend portion 152 is recessed from outside the negative pressure chamber to inside the negative pressure chamber.
  • the first bend portion 151 is located outside the second bend portion 152.
  • the thickness of the first bend portion 151 is less than the thickness of the second bend portion 152. In this example, when the patient's head moves, the first bend portion 151 is folded downward toward the outside of the negative pressure chamber.
  • the first bent portion 151 is connected to the mounting protrusion 14.
  • the first bent portion 151 is recessed from outside the negative pressure chamber to inside the negative pressure chamber.
  • the second bent portion 152 is connected to the soft rubber portion 11.
  • the second bent portion 152 is recessed from inside the negative pressure chamber to outside.
  • the first bent portion 151 is located on the inner side of the second bent portion 152.
  • the thickness of the first bent portion 151 is less than the thickness of the second bent portion 152.
  • first bending portions 151 and the second bending portions 152 are not limited here, and those skilled in the art can set them according to actual needs.
  • a headband for a negative pressure ventilation device.
  • the headband includes a headband body and a plurality of connecting straps.
  • the headband body is constructed to cover the top of the patient's head and occipital bone.
  • the middle part of the headband body is a hollow structure.
  • One end of the connecting strap is connected to the edge of the headband body.
  • the part where at least one connecting strap is connected to the headband body is located behind the patient's ear.
  • Multiple connecting straps extend toward the patient's lower jaw.
  • Multiple connecting straps are symmetrically arranged relative to the headband body.
  • a headband fixing structure 54 is arranged on at least one connecting strap. The other end of the connecting strap is bent and connected to the headband fixing structure 54.
  • the headband fixing structure 54 is constructed to adjust the length of the connecting strap.
  • the headband fixing structure 54 is used to connect to a negative pressure mask.
  • the headband is made of textile materials, such as cotton, down, silk, etc.
  • the headband is a textile made of natural materials or artificial fibers through weaving, knitting, coating, crocheting or bonding.
  • the headband is a composite material, that is, it includes multiple layers of material, such as a textile material layer, a non-textile material layer, etc.
  • the non-textile material is, for example, open-cell polyurethane foam, etc.
  • the material of the headband includes a plastic material, such as a nylon and polyester blend, a nylon and spandex blend, a polyester and spandex blend, a nylon, polyester and spandex blend, a microfiber and polyurethane blend, and the like.
  • the material of the headband is not limited to the above embodiments, and those skilled in the art can select it according to actual needs.
  • the headband body covers the top of the patient's head and the occipital bone. In this way, the headband body can provide the negative pressure mask assembly with binding forces from multiple directions, thereby meeting the sealing requirements of the negative pressure mask assembly.
  • the middle part of the headband body is a hollow structure.
  • the headband body is an annular structure. Since the middle part of the headband body is hollow, it can be adapted according to the head shapes of different patients, which makes the headband body highly applicable.
  • the middle part of the headband body is a hollow structure to facilitate ventilation on the top of the patient's head.
  • the connecting strap is used to connect the headband body to the negative pressure mask assembly, so that the negative pressure mask assembly can be sealed on the patient's lower jaw and neck.
  • One end of the connecting strap is connected to the edge of the headband body, for example, by sewing, integral weaving, etc.
  • At least one of the connecting straps is connected to the headband body at a location behind the patient's ear.
  • the connecting strap is connected to the negative pressure mask assembly via the back of the ear.
  • the connecting strap extends toward the patient's lower jaw, thereby facilitating connection with the negative pressure mask assembly.
  • the multiple connecting straps are symmetrically arranged relative to the headband, so that the forces at different parts of the negative pressure mask assembly can be balanced.
  • the other end of the connecting strap passes through the headband fixing structure 54 and is bent, and the effective length of the connecting strap is adjusted by the headband fixing structure 54.
  • the headband body includes a first sub-band 51 and a second sub-band 52.
  • the first sub-band 51 passes over the top of the patient's head.
  • the second sub-band 52 passes over the patient's occipital bone.
  • the two ends of the first sub-band 51 are respectively connected to the two ends of the second sub-band 52.
  • the first connecting belt 53 is connected to the first sub-band 51 and the second sub-band 52.
  • the first connecting belt 53 is connected to the headband body at a first connecting portion 55.
  • the first connecting portion 55 is located behind the patient's ear. In this way, the first connecting belt 53 can provide an upward force to the negative pressure mask assembly, which enables the negative pressure mask assembly to be well sealed with the patient.
  • the upward force causes the top of the patient's head to bear the weight of the negative pressure mask assembly, which significantly improves the wearing comfort of the patient compared to other parts of the patient's head bearing the gravity of the negative pressure mask assembly.
  • the first sub-band 51 and the second sub-band 52 are connected at the first connection portion 55.
  • the first connection band 53, the first sub-band 51 and the second sub-band 52 are connected at the first connection portion 55. This simplifies the structure of the headband.
  • extension directions of the first sub-belt 51 and the first connecting belt 53 are consistent, which allows the weight of the negative pressure mask to act on the top of the patient's head through the first connecting belt 53 and the first sub-belt 51.
  • a quick-release structure 9 is provided on the connecting belt.
  • the quick-release structure 9 has a hook 91.
  • the hook 91 is used to be detachably connected to the negative pressure mask assembly.
  • the two first connecting straps 53 are symmetrically arranged relative to the first sub-band 51.
  • the other ends of the two first connecting straps 53 are connected to the quick-release structure 9.
  • a strip hole 92 is provided at one end of the quick-release structure 9.
  • the first connecting strap 53 passes through the strip hole 92 and is connected to the headband fixing structure 54 after being bent.
  • the headband fixing structure 54 fixes the bent first connecting strap 53.
  • the headband fixing structure 54 includes a card slot and a plurality of protrusions.
  • the plurality of protrusions are arranged at intervals along the length direction of the first connecting strap 53.
  • the card slot is arranged at the end of the first connecting strap 53. After the first connecting strap 53 is bent, it is connected to different protrusions as needed to adjust the effective length of the first connecting strap 53.
  • the negative pressure mask assembly includes a cushion assembly 1, a curved pipe 3 and a frame 2.
  • the curved pipe 3 is connected to the cushion assembly 1.
  • the frame 2 is sleeved outside the curved pipe 3 and is located in front of the cushion assembly 1.
  • Fixed interfaces 22 are provided on the left and right sides of the frame 2.
  • a first column 221 is provided on one side of the fixed interface 22.
  • a hook 91 is provided at the other end of the quick-release structure 9. The hook 91 is hooked on the first column 221. The hook 91 can be quickly removed from the first column 221, so as to facilitate the patient to perform other activities.
  • the quick-release structure 9 includes a quick-release body and a hook 91.
  • a bar hole 92 is provided at one end of the quick-release body, and the other end is connected to the hook 91.
  • An anti-slip protrusion 94 is provided on the side of the quick-release body to facilitate the operator's grip.
  • the connecting belt is bent in the reverse direction after passing through the bar hole 92, and is fixed by the headband fixing structure 54.
  • the hook 91 is connected to the first column 221 of the fixing interface 22.
  • the hook 91 can rotate around the first column 221.
  • An anti-slip protrusion 93 is provided on the inner side of the hook 91. The anti-slip protrusion 93 can interfere with the first column 221, thereby preventing the first column 221 from detaching from the hook 91.
  • the first column 221 and the hook 91 are made of magnetic materials and can attract each other.
  • the magnetic attraction of the magnetic material makes it easy to connect the first column 221 and the hook 91.
  • one of the first body and the hook 91 is made of magnetic material, and the other is a metal material that can be magnetically attracted, such as iron, cobalt or nickel. In this way, the connection between the first body and the hook 91 can also be achieved.
  • the quick-release structure 9 can quickly remove the negative pressure mask assembly and the headband from the patient's head, thereby providing convenience for the patient.
  • the quick-release structure 9 is magnetically connected, for example, the quick-release structure 9 includes two parts that are magnetically attracted to each other, one part is connected to the first connection belt 53, and the other part is connected to the frame 2. When they are close to each other, the first connection belt 53 is connected to the frame 2 by magnetic attraction. When the patient encounters an emergency, the two parts of the quick-release structure 9 can be separated at any time.
  • two connecting straps are arranged on the same side of the headband body.
  • One of the two connecting straps is located behind the patient's ear, and the other is located in front of the patient's ear.
  • the first connection belt 53 is located behind the patient's ear.
  • the second connection belt 58 is led out from the part of the headband body located on the top of the patient's head.
  • the second connection belt 58 extends toward the patient's lower jaw and passes in front of the patient's ear.
  • the second connecting belt 58 and the first connecting belt 53 respectively pass through the front and rear of the patient's ear to reach the negative pressure mask assembly, for example, both are connected to the frame 2.
  • This allows the weight of the negative pressure mask assembly to be dispersed on the two connecting belts, thereby avoiding excessive force on a certain part of the patient's head, which reduces the wearing comfort of the headband.
  • first connecting strap 53 and the second connecting strap 58 make the force on the top of the patient's head more balanced.
  • first connecting belts 53 and two second connecting belts 58 are provided.
  • the two first connecting belts 53 and the two second connecting belts 58 are symmetrically arranged relative to the first sub-belt 51.
  • the parts of the two connecting straps located below the patient's ears are connected together.
  • a headband fixing structure 54 is provided at the part where the two connecting straps are connected.
  • the first connecting strap 53 and the second connecting strap 58 are connected together below the patient's ears.
  • the portion 530 where the first connecting strap 53 and the second connecting strap 58 are connected passes through the strip hole of the quick-release structure 9 and is bent and then fixed by the headband fixing structure 54.
  • connection with the negative pressure mask assembly such as the frame 2
  • a connecting structure such as a quick-release structure 9. This makes it easy to connect the headband.
  • two connecting straps are arranged in parallel and are respectively connected to the negative pressure mask assembly, such as the frame 2.
  • the first connecting strap 53 is connected to a quick release structure 9.
  • the quick release structure 9 is connected to the first fixing interface 22A of the frame 2.
  • the second connecting strap 58 is directly connected to the second fixing interface 22B of the frame 2.
  • a headband fixing structure 54 is provided on both the first connecting strap 53 and the second connecting strap 58 to facilitate adjustment of the effective length of the first connecting strap 53 and the second connecting strap 58.
  • the lengths of the two connecting straps can be adjusted respectively according to the patient's head structure, thereby making the headband more comfortable to wear.
  • connection portion between the connection strap in front of the patient's ear and the headband body is located above the patient's ear.
  • the portion where the first connection strap 53 is connected to the headband body e.g., the first connection portion 55
  • the portion where the second connection strap 58 is connected to the headband body is located above the patient's ear.
  • the headband body is an annular structure.
  • the headband body includes a first sub-band 51, a second sub-band 52 and a third sub-band 56.
  • the first sub-band 51 is located between the second sub-band 52 and the third sub-band 56.
  • One end of the first sub-band 51 is connected to one end of the second sub-band 52 at a first connection portion 55.
  • the other end of the first sub-band 51 is connected to the third sub-band 56 at a second connection portion 59.
  • the second sub-band 52 is arranged opposite to the third sub-band 56.
  • the second sub-band 52 is located at the occipital position of the patient.
  • the third sub-band 56 is located at the top of the patient's head.
  • the first connecting belt 53 is connected to the first sub-band 51 and the second sub-band 52 at the first connection portion 55.
  • the second connecting belt 58 is connected to the first sub-band 51 and the third sub-band 56 at the second connection portion 59.
  • connection part 59 since the second connection part 59 is located above the patient's ear, sufficient pulling force can be provided for the front of the negative pressure mask assembly.
  • the first connection part 55 is located behind the patient's ear, so sufficient pulling force can be provided for the rear of the negative pressure mask assembly. In this way, the sealing effect between the negative pressure mask assembly and the patient is better.
  • the headband body is in a trapezoidal or triangular shape. As shown in FIG10E , the headband body is in a trapezoidal shape, such as an isosceles trapezoid.
  • the third sub-band 56 is the upper base.
  • the second sub-band 52 is the lower base.
  • the two first sub-bands 51 are the waists of the trapezoid.
  • the upper base of the trapezoid is longer than the lower base.
  • the headband body is triangular, such as an equilateral triangle or an inverted triangle.
  • the above shape makes the contact area between the headband body and the patient's head larger, and the force on the patient's head is more uniform, which makes the headband more comfortable to wear.
  • the headband body may also have other shapes.
  • the headband body includes four sub-bands connected end to end, the four sub-bands form a quadrilateral, and a plurality of connecting bands are formed by extending outward from two ends of two opposite sub-bands.
  • two first connection belts 53 are formed by extending outward from both ends of the second sub-belt 52.
  • Two second connection belts 58 are formed by extending outward from both ends of the third sub-belt 56.
  • the two first connection belts 53 are in the same direction as the second sub-belt 52.
  • the two second connection belts 58 are in the same direction as the third sub-belt 56.
  • the force exerted on the two first connecting straps 53 can be directly transferred to the second sub-strap 52; the force exerted on the two second connecting straps 58 can be directly transferred to the third sub-strap 56, thereby avoiding deformation of the headband due to imbalance in the hands when tightening the negative pressure mask assembly.
  • the tightening force of the negative pressure mask assembly can be directly transmitted to the first sub-belt 51 and the third sub-belt 56, so that the negative pressure mask assembly can more easily form a seal with the patient's skin.
  • At least one of the four sub-bands is provided with a telescopic structure.
  • the telescopic structure can change the length of the sub-band on which it is located.
  • a telescopic structure is provided on the second sub-band 52.
  • the second sub-band 52 is divided into two parts.
  • the telescopic structure includes a connecting frame k01 and the above-mentioned headband fixing structure 54.
  • the connecting frame k01 is in the shape of a Chinese character " ⁇ " or a Chinese character " ⁇ ".
  • One of the two parts is fixedly connected to the connecting frame k01, and the other is bent after passing through the connecting frame k01, and is fixed by the above-mentioned headband fixing structure 54.
  • the telescopic structure can adjust the length of the sub-band according to the shape of the patient's head, so that the patient can wear the headband comfortably.
  • the telescopic structure may also be arranged on four sub-bands.
  • the telescopic structure is not limited to the above embodiment, and those skilled in the art may arrange it according to actual needs.
  • a breathable layer 57 is provided at a portion of the headband body that is opposite to the top of the patient's head.
  • the breathable layer 57 is made of plastic, silicone, rubber, etc. Arranged through holes are provided on the breathable layer 57. The through holes allow the outside air to contact the top of the patient's head, thereby preventing redness, swelling, ulcers, etc. from occurring on the top of the patient's head when the patient wears the device for a long time.
  • the material of the air permeable layer 57 is not limited to the above embodiments, and those skilled in the art can set it according to actual needs.
  • a negative pressure ventilation device which includes a negative pressure mask assembly and the headband, wherein the negative pressure mask assembly is connected to the headband.
  • the negative pressure mask assembly includes a cushion assembly 1, a curved pipe 3 and a frame 2.
  • the curved pipe 3 is connected to the cushion assembly 1.
  • the frame 2 is sleeved outside the curved pipe 3 and is located in front of the cushion assembly 1.
  • Fixed interfaces 22 are provided on the left and right sides of the frame 2.
  • a first column 221 is provided on one side of the fixed interface 22.
  • a hook 91 is provided at the other end of the quick-release structure 9. The hook 91 is hooked on the first column 221.
  • the negative pressure ventilation device has the characteristics of good sealing effect and comfortable wearing.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure provide a self-sealing device applied to a negative pressure therapy device.
  • the self-sealing device used in the negative pressure therapy device includes a self-adhesive film T1.
  • the self-adhesive film T1 is made of a biocompatible material and has adhesive properties.
  • the self-adhesive film T1 is bonded between the patient's neck and the cushion component 1.
  • One side of the self-adhesive film T1 is bonded to the skin of the patient's lower jaw and neck, and the other side is bonded to the outer surface of the cushion component 1. In this way, the negative pressure mask component is bonded to the patient's lower jaw and neck.
  • the self-adhesive film T1 includes a first adhesive film T11. Both surfaces of the first adhesive film T11 have an adhesive coating T2.
  • the first adhesive film T11 forms an avoidance hole in the central area.
  • the shape of the first adhesive film T11 is consistent with the shape of the soft glue part 11 of the cushion component 1.
  • the first adhesive film T11 is bonded to the skin of the patient's neck, and the other side is bonded to the outer surface of the soft glue part 11.
  • the self-adhesive film T1 further includes a second adhesive film T12.
  • the second adhesive film T12 has an adhesive coating T2 on the side opposite to the patient's skin, and no adhesive coating is provided on the side away from the patient's skin.
  • the second adhesive film T2 surrounds the first adhesive film T11 and is connected to the first adhesive film T11. At least part of the second adhesive film protrudes outwardly from the outer edge of the first adhesive film.
  • the second adhesive film T12 can be bonded to the patient's skin at the outer edge of the first adhesive film T11, further strengthening the bonding strength and sealing between the self-adhesive film T1 and the patient's skin.
  • the second adhesive film T12 is located at the patient's mandible, as shown in FIG12A.
  • the second adhesive film T2 can significantly increase the adhesion between the self-adhesive film T1 and the patient's mandible. Bond strength and sealing.
  • the self-adhesive film T1 also includes a non-adhesive film T13.
  • the non-adhesive film T13 is not provided with an adhesive coating on the side opposite to the patient's skin and the side away from the patient's skin.
  • the non-adhesive film T13 is fixed to the edge of the first adhesive film T11 and/or the second adhesive film T12.
  • the non-adhesive film T13 provides a pick-up position for the operator to stick the self-adhesive film T1.
  • the operator takes the non-adhesive film T13 with his hand to operate.
  • the non-adhesive film T13 facilitates the operator to stick the self-adhesive film T1 to the patient's neck or the cushion component 1 or remove it from the patient's neck or the cushion component 1.
  • the self-adhesive film T1 is usually disposable.
  • a drug coating can also be applied to the skin of the patient's mandible and neck.
  • the drug coating can improve the roughness of the sweat pores of the patient's skin and increase the adhesion between the self-adhesive film T1 and the patient's skin; on the other hand, it can reduce the irritation of the adhesive coating of the self-adhesive film T1 to the patient's skin, preventing the occurrence of skin diseases such as eczema during long-term wearing.
  • the adhesive coating T2 may be, but is not limited to, polyacrylic resin, polyurethane adhesive, synthetic adhesive, UV adhesive, etc.
  • the adhesive coating T2 may be attached to the first adhesive film T11 and/or the second adhesive film T12 by dispensing, hand coating, spraying, rolling, pressure dipping, or vacuum dipping.
  • a negative pressure therapy device When using a negative pressure therapy device to treat diseases such as obstructive sleep apnea (OSA) and chronic obstructive pulmonary emphysema (COPD), it is usually necessary to wear a negative pressure mask assembly for a long time. Since the soft rubber part 11 of the cushion assembly 1 is pressed on the patient's skin for a long time, the normal physiological metabolism of the skin in contact with the soft rubber part 11 is hindered. Bacteria are easily bred between the soft rubber part 11 and the patient's skin, leading to skin diseases such as erythema and pressure sores.
  • OSA obstructive sleep apnea
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary emphysema
  • the main reason for the occurrence of skin diseases is that the water vapor generated by the patient's skin metabolism is bound by the hydrophilic molecules in the soft rubber part 11 material and cannot evaporate into the air, resulting in long-term moisture in the skin in contact with the soft rubber part 11, breeding a large number of anaerobic bacteria.
  • Increasing the air permeability of the soft rubber part 11 at the position in contact with the patient's skin can greatly avoid water vapor retention, reduce bacterial growth, and effectively solve the skin erythema and pressure sores caused by long-term wearing.
  • increased air permeability will cause the seal between the soft rubber part 11 and the patient's skin to fail.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure provides a cushion assembly 1 for a negative pressure therapy device.
  • the cushion assembly includes a breathable layer T3, as shown in Figures 13A to 13C. It should be noted that Figures 13A to 13C take a single-layer cushion assembly as an example, and the breathable layer T3 is also applicable to a double-layer cushion assembly and a multi-layer cushion assembly.
  • the breathable layer T3 may be connected to the soft rubber part 11 or directly connected to the cup 12 .
  • the soft rubber part 11 can be made of soft materials, such as silicone, TPE, TPU, etc.
  • the soft rubber material is usually an airtight material.
  • a breathable layer T3 is provided at the part of the soft rubber part 11 that contacts the patient's skin.
  • the breathable layer T3 is a sponge or a textile material.
  • the textile material can be natural cotton, down, silk and other materials, textile materials formed by weaving, knitting, coating, crocheting or bonding (for example, by chemical, mechanical, hot solvent treatment) and the like from natural materials or artificial fibers, or multilayer textiles made of the above-mentioned multiple textile materials.
  • the breathable layer T3 can also include non-woven fabric materials, for example, elastically stretchable open-cell polyurethane foam; it can also be a textile containing plastic materials, for example, a mixture of nylon and polyester, a mixture of nylon and spandex, a mixture of polyester and spandex, a mixture of nylon and polyester and spandex, a mixture of microfiber and polyurethane, etc.
  • the breathable layer T3 may be arranged around the cushion component 1 in all areas of the cushion component 1 that are in contact with the patient's skin; alternatively, the breathable layer T3 may be distributed only in areas with a stronger sense of pressure.
  • the thickness of the soft rubber part 11 is 0.1 mm to 1.0 mm.
  • the thickness of the soft rubber part 11 is 0.15 mm to 0.5 mm.
  • the thickness of the air permeable layer T3 is 0.1 mm to 1.0 mm.
  • the breathable property of the breathable layer T3 allows the water vapor generated by skin metabolism at the position in contact with the breathable layer T3 to be discharged, thereby preventing bacteria from growing between the breathable layer and the patient's skin and avoiding skin diseases such as erythema and pressure sores.
  • the airtight soft rubber portion 11 located outside the air-permeable layer T3 has a certain sealing effect, thereby preventing air leakage.
  • the breathable layer T3 has a good contact feeling with the patient's skin, which increases the wearing comfort of the cushion assembly 1.
  • the air-permeable layer T3 and the airtight soft rubber part 11 can be connected by mechanical crimping, ultrasonic welding, laser welding, hot melting, etc.
  • Adhesive bonding can also be used, and the adhesive is, for example, but not limited to, polyacrylic resin, polyurethane adhesive, synthetic adhesive, UV adhesive, etc.
  • bonding, dispensing, hand coating, spraying, rolling, pressure dipping, vacuum dipping, etc. can be used.
  • the breathable layer T3 is stacked with the soft gel part 11.
  • the breathable layer T3 is located on the side of the soft gel part close to the patient's skin.
  • the width of the breathable layer T3 is smaller than the width of the soft gel part 11.
  • At least part of the breathable layer T3 is embedded in the soft gel part 11.
  • the edge of the soft gel part 11 is flush with the breathable layer T3, so that both the soft gel part 11 and the breathable layer T3 are in contact with the patient's skin. In this way, the cushion component 1 can maintain a breathable effect and effectively avoid air leakage of the cushion component 1.
  • a step structure is formed at the edge of the soft rubber part 11.
  • the breathable layer T3 forms a step structure.
  • the step structure of the breathable layer T3 is complementary to the step structure of the soft rubber part 11, so that the connection structure formed by the soft rubber part 11 and the breathable layer T3 has a smooth transition at the junction of the two.
  • a convex structure with a conical cross section is formed at the edge of the cup 12.
  • a concave structure with a conical cross section is formed at the edge of the breathable layer T3.
  • the convex structure is inserted into the convex structure and bonded by an adhesive.
  • the convex structure and the concave structure increase the connection area between the cup 12 and the breathable layer T3, thereby making the connection between the two more secure.
  • the cushion component 1 is not provided with the soft rubber part 11, and the breathable layer T3 is directly connected to the cup 12.
  • the negative pressure pump in the negative pressure therapy device may cause excessive suction force when encountering mechanical failure or misoperation, thereby damaging the patient's skin.
  • a negative pressure mask 300 is provided.
  • the negative pressure mask 300 is applied to a negative pressure therapy device.
  • the negative pressure mask 300 includes: a main body 3 and a safety valve connected to the main body 3.
  • the negative pressure mask 300 is used to cover the patient's mouth.
  • the safety valve includes a mounting tube Fa1 and a seal Fa5.
  • the mounting tube Fa1 includes an internal channel having an internal port Fa12 and an external port Fa13.
  • the seal Fa5 is arranged at the external port Fa13.
  • the mounting cylinder Fa1 is connected to a component that needs to be provided with a safety valve.
  • the external port Fa13 refers to the port of the safety valve facing outwards in the installed state.
  • the internal port Fa12 refers to the port of the safety valve facing the installed component.
  • the internal channel is connected to the component where the safety valve is installed.
  • the sealing member Fa5 includes a self-sealing sheet Fa4 and a sealing opening Fa3.
  • the self-sealing sheet Fa4 protrudes outward from the internal channel.
  • the sealing opening Fa3 is provided on the self-sealing sheet Fa4.
  • the self-sealing sheet Fa4 can seal the sealing opening Fa3 to seal the internal channel.
  • the self-sealing sheet Fa4 opens the sealing opening Fa3 when the air pressure difference between the inside and outside of the internal channel exceeds a critical pressure.
  • the self-sealing sheet Fa4 when the critical pressure is reached, the self-sealing sheet Fa4 is in a critical position.
  • the internal channel is connected to the component connected to the safety valve.
  • the air pressure inside the component is negative pressure relative to the outside of the internal channel.
  • the air pressure in the internal channel drops, and the air pressure difference between the inside and outside of the internal channel gradually increases.
  • the self-sealing sheet Fa4 gradually deforms to one side of the internal channel, as shown by Fa2-1 to Fa2-4 in Figure 14D.
  • the critical pressure for example, -12hPa
  • the sealing sheet changes from a state of protruding outward (as shown in Fa2-1 in Figure 14D) to a straight state, as shown in Fa2-2 in Figure 14D.
  • the sealing port Fa3 In the straight state, the mutual extrusion force between the self-sealing sheets Fa4 is large, so the sealing port Fa3 can still be kept in a sealed state.
  • the sealing port Fa3 When the air pressure difference exceeds the critical pressure, the sealing port Fa3 is opened inward.
  • the self-sealing sheet Fa4 can be turned inward from a straight state to open the sealing port Fa3 to allow external air to enter the component.
  • the air pressure inside the component gradually increases, and the pressure difference between the inside and outside gradually decreases; in the process of reducing the pressure difference (for example, -11hPa), the self-sealing piece Fa4 can return to a protruding state, thereby sealing the sealing port Fa3, as shown by Fa2-1 in Figure 14D.
  • the sealing member Fa5 includes a self-sealing sheet Fa4 and a sealing port Fa3. And the self-sealing sheet Fa4 protrudes outward from the internal channel. Negative pressure is formed in the internal channel. Under the action of the internal and external air pressure difference, the self-sealing sheet Fa4 is squeezed inward. At this time, the sealing port Fa3 is better sealed under the mutual squeezing of the self-sealing sheet Fa4. When the air pressure difference exceeds the critical pressure, the self-sealing sheet Fa4 can undergo elastic deformation under the action of pressure, and then open the sealing port Fa3 inward to allow external air to enter, thereby ensuring that the air pressure in the component where the safety valve is installed does not exceed the critical pressure. The safety valve can effectively protect the patient.
  • the safety valve has a simple structure and is easy to process. It does not require electromagnetic drive or air pressure drive and can automatically open when the air pressure difference exceeds the critical air pressure and automatically close when the air pressure difference does not exceed the critical air pressure.
  • the self-sealing sheet Fa4 can undergo elastic deformation to open the sealing port Fa3, a detection probe can be inserted through the safety valve to detect parameters such as air pressure and temperature inside the component where the safety valve is located. After the probe is pulled out, the self-sealing sheet Fa4 returns to a position that closes the sealing port Fa3, ensuring that the sealing port Fa3 does not leak.
  • the thickness of the sealing member Fa5 is configured to gradually decrease from the edge to the center.
  • the edge of the sealing member Fa5 needs to be connected to the mounting tube Fa1, and a larger thickness can ensure a high connection strength between the two.
  • the thickness of the sealing member Fa5 gradually decreases from the edge to the center. A smaller thickness can improve the elastic deformation ability of the self-sealing piece Fa4, making it easier for the self-sealing piece Fa4 to deform and return to the initial position.
  • the thickness of the sealing member Fa5 is 0.2 mm to 0.8 mm.
  • the thickness of the sealing member Fa5 at the edge is 0.8 mm to ensure the connection strength with the mounting tube Fa1.
  • the thickness of the sealing member Fa5 at the center is 0.2 mm to ensure the elastic deformation of the sealing sheet Fa4.
  • the thickness of the sealing member Fa5 is not limited to the above embodiment, and those skilled in the art can select it according to actual needs.
  • the installation tube Fa1 is an annular sleeve.
  • the wall thickness of the installation tube Fa1 is 0.6mm-2.0mm. Within this range, the installation tube Fa1 has high structural strength and good durability.
  • the mounting tube Fa1 and the sealing member Fa5 form an integral structure.
  • the installation tube Fa1 and the sealing member Fa5 are integrally formed by injection molding, which makes the connection between the installation tube Fa1 and the sealing member Fa5 more secure.
  • the installation tube Fa1 and the sealing member Fa5 may also be fixed together by bonding or hot-melt connection.
  • the manufacture of the safety valve is not limited to the above embodiments, and those skilled in the art can make a selection according to actual needs.
  • the edge of the sealing member Fa5 is connected to the inner wall of the external port Fa13.
  • the installation tube Fa1 is usually sleeved on the outside of the connected component. Since the edge of the sealing member Fa5 is located on the inner wall of the external port Fa13, the sealing member Fa5 can at least partially cover the end face of the connected component, thereby increasing the sealing effect between the installation tube Fa1 and the connected component.
  • the installation cylinder Fa1 can form a radially outward pulling force on the self-sealing sheet Fa4, instead of forming a shearing force as when the sealing member Fa5 is arranged on the end face of the external port Fa13. In this way, the connection between the installation cylinder Fa1 and the sealing member Fa5 is more secure.
  • the self-sealing sheet Fa4 is an elastic sheet and can keep the sealing opening Fa3 self-sealed under its own elastic force to seal the internal channel.
  • the self-sealing sheet Fa4 is elastic and made of rubber, silicone, etc.
  • the elastic sheets mutually squeeze the sealing opening Fa3 due to their own elastic force, thereby sealing the sealing opening Fa3.
  • the shape of the elastic sheet can be triangular, fan-shaped, etc.
  • the shape of the elastic sheet is not limited to the above embodiments, and those skilled in the art can configure it according to actual needs.
  • the sealing member Fa5 comprises a cover-shaped elastic sheet.
  • the cover-shaped elastic sheet has an arc shape in any radial cross section through the center of the cover.
  • a slit is formed on the cover-shaped elastic sheet to form a self-sealing sheet Fa4, and the slit serves as a sealing opening Fa3.
  • the self-sealing sheet Fa4 formed by the slit can seal the sealing opening Fa3 under the elastic squeezing of the arc-shaped contour.
  • the cover-shaped elastic sheet can be a conical elastic sheet, a dome-shaped elastic sheet, a hemispherical elastic sheet, etc.
  • the cover-shaped elastic sheet protrudes from the internal channel so that when the internal and external air pressure difference is formed, the sealing port Fa3 can be squeezed to ensure good sealing performance.
  • the slit may be one or more. When there are more than one slit, it may be a cross slit, a cross slit, etc.
  • the slits form a plurality of petal-shaped self-sealing sheets Fa4. Adjacent self-sealing sheets Fa4 are pressed against each other to seal the sealing opening Fa3.
  • FIG. 14A and FIG. 14C there are multiple slits that intersect at the center of the cover-shaped elastic sheet, and the multiple slits are evenly distributed in the circumferential direction.
  • each self-sealing sheet Fa4 tends to maintain a hood-shaped structure as a whole, such as a dome-shaped structure, during the deformation process.
  • the portion of the self-sealing piece Fa4 located at the center position remains protruding in the direction opposite to the opening direction of the sealing opening Fa3, as shown by Fa41 in Fig. 14D.
  • the self-sealing piece Fa4 can prevent the sealing opening Fa3 from being opened too much, thereby avoiding the inability to close the sealing opening Fa3 when the air pressure difference is less than the critical air pressure after the sealing opening Fa3 is opened too much.
  • the protruding state can prevent the portion at the center from turning inward and then being unable to protrude outward.
  • intersection position of the plurality of slits may not be at the center position of the sealing member Fa5.
  • the width of the slit is 0.05 mm-0.15 mm. Within this range, it can be ensured that the sealing opening Fa3 is easy to be opened and that the plurality of self-sealing sheets Fa4 can quickly seal the sealing opening Fa3.
  • the negative pressure mask further includes a three-way pipe.
  • the three-way pipe is connected to the main body 3.
  • the three-way pipe includes a main pipe Ja1 and a branch pipe Ja2 located on one side of the main pipe Ja1.
  • the branch pipe Ja2 is connected to the main pipe Ja1.
  • the diameter of the branch pipe Ja2 is usually smaller than that of the main pipe Ja1 to ensure a large flow rate of the main pipe Ja1.
  • the installation cylinder Fa1 is sleeved outside the branch pipe Ja2.
  • the installation cylinder Fa1 is fixedly connected to the branch pipe Ja2 and forms a seal through an interference fit with the branch pipe Ja2.
  • the installation cylinder Fa1 expands and deforms under the support of the branch pipe Ja2, and stores the deformation stress in the direction of the branch pipe Ja2. Due to the existence of the deformation stress, the safety valve is reliably installed on the branch pipe Ja2.
  • the mounting tube Fa1 and the branch pipe Ja2 are fixedly connected and sealed by an adhesive.
  • the tee pipe is installed in other pipelines.
  • the material of the tee pipe is plastic, metal, etc.
  • the plastic can be but not limited to PC, PP, PA, etc.
  • a negative pressure therapy device includes a device body and the negative pressure mask described above.
  • the negative pressure mask is arranged on the device body.
  • the main pipe Ja1 of the three-way pipe is installed on the airway pipe of the negative pressure therapy device.
  • the negative pressure therapy device includes a negative pressure generating device.
  • a vacuum pump is provided in the negative pressure generating device. As shown in FIG14E , the vacuum pump is used to evacuate the negative pressure mask 300, thereby forming a negative pressure in the negative pressure mask 300.
  • the safety valve opens to replenish external air into the negative pressure mask 300 to avoid excessive pressure difference. The part of the patient wearing the negative pressure mask 300 may be damaged.
  • the safety valve is closed, thereby ensuring that the patient receives normal treatment.
  • the negative pressure treatment device has the characteristic of high safety factor.
  • the negative pressure mask assembly When in use, the negative pressure mask assembly is worn on the patient's neck.
  • the curved contours of the neck are very different, and a single model of negative pressure mask assembly cannot meet the needs of different patients. In view of this, it is necessary to provide a new technical solution for the selection and customization of negative pressure mask assemblies.
  • the selection of the negative pressure mask assembly is mainly determined based on the following parameters.
  • the main parameters include: the straight-line distance l 1 between the patient's two earlobes, as shown in FIG15A ; the circumference of the patient's neck, as shown in FIG15B ; the first angle ⁇ 1 between the mandible and the neck when the patient looks straight ahead, as shown in FIG15C ; the second angle ⁇ 2 between the mandible and the neck when the patient looks up, as shown in FIG15D .
  • the straight-line distance l1 between the earlobes of the patient determines the width dimension W of the cushion assembly negative pressure mask assembly, as shown in FIG15E.
  • the circumference of the patient's neck determines the curvature dimension ⁇ of the cushion assembly negative pressure mask assembly, as shown in FIG15E.
  • the first angle ⁇ 1 and the second angle ⁇ 2 jointly determine the movable range of the patient's head. In addition, the first angle ⁇ 1 and the second angle ⁇ 2 further determine the size of the groove 15.
  • the distance between the earlobes of a normal person is 8cm -15cm.
  • the circumference S of the patient's neck is 25cm-50cm.
  • the first angle ⁇ 1 between the mandible and the neck is between 35° and 55°, and the first angle ⁇ 1 is 17° as the lower limit of the angle between the mandible and the neck during the nodding movement.
  • the angle ⁇ 2 between the mandible and the neck is between 65° and 90°, and the second angle ⁇ 2 is used as the upper limit of the angle between the mandible and the neck during the head-up movement.
  • the cushion assembly 1 of the negative pressure mask assembly suitable for male patients should set the cushion curvature near the Adam's apple to fit the raised Adam's apple. For example, an avoidance notch is set at the Adam's apple to avoid the Adam's apple of male patients. In this way, the sealing and comfort of male patients during the use of the negative pressure mask assembly are guaranteed.
  • the cushion assembly 1 of the negative pressure mask assembly suitable for female patients there is no need to set an avoidance notch at the corresponding Adam's apple.
  • a method for selecting a negative pressure mask assembly is provided. As shown in FIG. 15F , the method comprises:
  • the circumference of the patient's neck is obtained, and the curvature of the side of the negative pressure mask assembly in contact with the patient is determined based on the circumference.
  • the distance between the earlobes of the patient's ears is determined by the selection device.
  • the width of the negative pressure mask assembly should match the distance between the earlobes of the patient's ears.
  • the width of the negative pressure mask assembly can be determined by the distance between the earlobes of the patient's ears.
  • the circumference of the patient's neck is determined by a tape measure.
  • the curvature of the patient's neck can be determined by the circumference of the patient's neck. The curvature matches the curvature of the negative pressure mask assembly, so that the negative pressure mask assembly can form a good seal with the patient's neck.
  • the model of the negative pressure mask assembly is determined by determining the distance between the earlobes of the patient and the circumference of the patient's neck, thereby making the selection of the negative pressure mask assembly more accurate.
  • the selection method further includes: obtaining a first angle formed between the patient's lower jaw and the patient's neck when the patient is looking straight ahead.
  • the model of the negative pressure mask assembly is determined according to the width, curvature and the first angle.
  • the angle between the patient's lower jaw and neck when looking straight ahead can be determined by obtaining the first angle.
  • Each negative pressure mask assembly can adapt to the angle between the lower jaw and neck in a set range. By determining the first angle, the model of the negative pressure mask assembly adapted to the patient can be determined more accurately.
  • the selection method further includes: obtaining a second angle formed between the patient's lower jaw and the patient's neck when the patient looks up, and determining the model of the negative pressure mask assembly according to the width, the curvature, the first angle, and the second angle.
  • the angle between the patient's lower jaw and neck when looking up can be determined by obtaining the second angle.
  • Each negative pressure mask assembly can adapt to the angle between the lower jaw and neck in a set range.
  • the model of the negative pressure mask assembly adapted to the patient can be determined more accurately.
  • a certain type of negative pressure mask assembly is adapted to a wide range of the first angle and the second angle.
  • the first angle and the second angle can be used to further determine the type of negative pressure mask assembly adapted to the patient.
  • the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the spacing is inconsistent with the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the circumference, the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the spacing is used as the standard.
  • the priority of selecting according to the spacing is higher than the priority of selecting according to the circumference.
  • the accuracy of selecting according to the spacing is higher than the accuracy of selecting according to the circumference. In this way, the accuracy of selecting the negative pressure mask assembly can be guaranteed to be high.
  • the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the circumference is inconsistent with the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the second angle, the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the circumference is used as the standard.
  • the priority of selecting according to the circumference is higher than the priority of selecting according to the second angle.
  • the accuracy of selecting according to the circumference is higher than the accuracy of selecting according to the second angle. In this way, the accuracy of selecting the negative pressure mask assembly can be guaranteed to be high.
  • the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the first angle is inconsistent with the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the second angle
  • the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the second angle is used as the standard.
  • the priority of selecting according to the second angle is higher than the priority of selecting according to the second angle.
  • the accuracy of selecting according to the second angle is higher than the accuracy of selecting according to the second angle. In this way, the accuracy of selecting the negative pressure mask assembly can be guaranteed to be high.
  • the priority is to select according to the spacing, select according to the perimeter, select according to the second angle, and select according to the first angle. In this way, the accuracy of the selection of the negative pressure mask assembly can be effectively guaranteed.
  • the models of negative pressure mask assemblies corresponding to the patient's gender include a first type negative pressure mask assembly, a second type negative pressure mask assembly, and a third type negative pressure mask assembly.
  • the size of the first type negative pressure mask assembly is larger than the size of the second type negative pressure mask assembly, and the size of the second type negative pressure mask assembly is larger than the size of the third type negative pressure mask assembly.
  • the spacing of the first type negative pressure mask assembly is larger than the spacing of the second type negative pressure mask assembly, and the spacing of the second type negative pressure mask assembly is larger than the spacing of the third type negative pressure mask assembly.
  • the curvature of the first type negative pressure mask assembly is larger than the curvature of the second type negative pressure mask assembly, and the curvature of the second type negative pressure mask assembly is larger than the curvature of the third type negative pressure mask assembly.
  • each negative pressure mask assembly has a different size to fit different patients.
  • the selection method also includes: obtaining the patient's gender, wherein, when the patient is a female, the inner surface of the negative pressure mask assembly forms a curved surface structure; when the patient is a male, the inner surface of the negative pressure mask assembly forms a curved surface structure, and an avoidance gap or a flexible component is provided in the middle of the curved surface structure.
  • the patient's gender is determined.
  • the inner surface of the negative pressure mask assembly forms a curved surface structure.
  • the curved surface structure can fit with the patient's neck and form a good seal.
  • the middle part of the curved structure should have a avoidance gap to avoid the Adam's apple of the male patient, and the shape of the gap matches the Adam's apple.
  • a good seal is formed.
  • a flexible component is arranged in the middle of the curved structure. The flexible component can be elastically deformed when squeezed, so as to fit with the patient's Adam's apple.
  • the curved structure includes an annular sealing portion for interfacing with the patient.
  • the material of the annular sealing portion is rubber, silicone, etc.
  • the flexible component can also be a thinned portion on the annular sealing portion. The thinned portion is softer, so that it can fit more easily with the patient's Adam's apple.
  • the flexible component can also be an independently arranged rubber part, silicone part or plastic part that can undergo elastic deformation.
  • the selection device 8000 includes: a first module 8100, a second module 8200, and a processor 8300.
  • the first module 8100 is used to obtain the distance between the earlobes of the patient's two ears.
  • the second module 8200 is used to obtain the circumference of the patient's neck.
  • the processor 8300 is used to obtain the circumference and the width of the negative pressure mask assembly according to the distance, determine the curvature of the side of the negative pressure mask assembly in contact with the patient according to the circumference, and determine the model of the negative pressure mask assembly according to the width and the curvature.
  • the selection device of the embodiment of the present disclosure may be a component in an electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or a chip.
  • the electronic device may be a terminal or other device other than a terminal.
  • the electronic device may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a laptop computer, a PDA, a vehicle-mounted electronic device, a mobile Internet device (Mobile Internet Device, MID), an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR)/virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device, a robot, a wearable device, an ultra-mobile personal computer (ultra-mobile personal computer, UMPC), a netbook or a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), etc.
  • It may also be a server, a network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), a personal computer (personal computer, PC), a television (television, TV), a teller machine or a self-service machine, etc., and the embodiments of the present application are not specifically limited.
  • Network Attached Storage Network Attached Storage, NAS
  • PC personal computer
  • TV television
  • teller machine a self-service machine
  • the selection device in the embodiment of the present disclosure may be a device having an operating system.
  • the operating system may be a Windows operating system, an Android operating system, an iOS operating system, or other possible operating systems, which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the selection device provided in the embodiment of the present disclosure can implement each process implemented by the selection method embodiment of Figure 15F, and will not be described again here to avoid repetition.
  • the first module 8100 may obtain the distance between the earlobes of the patient by, but not limited to, manually inputting data, importing data through a related link, etc.
  • the second module 8200 may obtain the circumference of the patient's neck by, but not limited to, manually inputting data, importing data through a related link, etc., and those skilled in the art may make a selection according to actual needs.
  • the selection device can realize accurate selection of negative pressure mask components.
  • the selection device further includes: a third module, which is used to obtain a first angle formed between the patient's lower jaw and the patient's neck when the patient looks straight ahead.
  • Processor 8300 is also used to determine the model of the negative pressure mask assembly based on the width, curvature and first angle.
  • the third module can determine the angle between the patient's mandible and neck when looking straight ahead by obtaining the first angle.
  • Each negative pressure mask assembly can adapt to the angle between the mandible and the neck within a set range.
  • the third module can obtain the first angle in a manner that is not limited to manually inputting data, importing data through relevant links, etc., and those skilled in the art can make a choice according to actual needs.
  • the third module is further used to obtain a second angle formed between the patient's lower jaw and the patient's neck when the patient looks up.
  • the processor 8300 is also used to determine the model of the negative pressure mask assembly according to the width, curvature, the first angle and the second angle.
  • the third module can determine the angle between the patient's lower jaw and neck when looking up by acquiring the second angle.
  • Each negative pressure mask assembly can adapt to the angle between the lower jaw and the neck within a set range.
  • the third module may acquire the second angle in a manner that may be, but is not limited to, manually inputting data, importing data through related links, etc., and those skilled in the art may make a choice according to actual needs.
  • the processor 8300 is also used to use the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined based on the spacing as a standard when the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined based on the spacing is inconsistent with the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined based on the circumference.
  • the priority of selecting according to the spacing is higher than the priority of selecting according to the circumference.
  • the accuracy of selecting according to the spacing is higher than the accuracy of selecting according to the circumference. In this way, the accuracy of selecting the negative pressure mask assembly can be guaranteed to be high.
  • the processor 8300 is also used to use the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the circumference as a standard when the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the circumference is inconsistent with the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the second angle.
  • the priority of selecting according to the circumference is higher than the priority of selecting according to the second angle.
  • the accuracy of selecting according to the circumference is higher than the accuracy of selecting according to the second angle. In this way, the accuracy of selecting the negative pressure mask assembly can be guaranteed to be high.
  • the processor 8300 is also used to use the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the first angle as a standard when the model of the negative pressure mask assembly determined according to the second angle is inconsistent.
  • the priority of selecting according to the second angle is higher than the priority of selecting according to the second angle.
  • the accuracy of selecting according to the second angle is higher than the accuracy of selecting according to the second angle. In this way, the accuracy of selecting the negative pressure mask assembly can be guaranteed to be high.
  • the selection device also includes: a gender acquisition module 8400, which is used to obtain the patient's gender.
  • the processor 8300 is also used to set the inner surface of the negative pressure mask assembly to a curved surface structure when the patient is a female.
  • the inner surface of the negative pressure mask assembly is set to a curved surface structure, and an avoidance gap or a flexible component is provided in the middle of the curved surface structure.
  • the way in which the gender acquisition module 8400 obtains the patient's gender may be, but is not limited to, manually inputting data, importing data through relevant links, etc., and those skilled in the art may make a choice according to actual needs.
  • the negative pressure mask assembly is selected according to multiple parameters.
  • the negative pressure mask assemblies suitable for men and women are defined as “Man-Mask” and “Woman-Mask”, respectively.
  • the models of the male negative pressure mask assembly include “Man-Mask L", “Man-Mask M”, and “Man-Mask S”.
  • the first type of negative pressure mask assembly is “Man-Mask L”.
  • the second type of negative pressure mask assembly is "Man-Mask M”.
  • the third type of negative pressure mask assembly is "Man-Mask S”.
  • the female negative pressure mask assembly includes "Woman-Mask L", “Woman-Mask M”, and “Woman-Mask S”.
  • the first type of negative pressure mask assembly is “Woman-Mask L”.
  • the second type of negative pressure mask assembly is “Woman-Mask M”.
  • the third type of negative pressure mask assembly is "Woman-Mask S”.
  • the spacing, perimeter, first angle and second angle corresponding to each model of negative pressure mask assembly refer to Table 1. It should be noted that l 1 , S, ⁇ 2 , ⁇ 1 in Table 1 are respectively called the first parameter, the second parameter, the third parameter and the fourth parameter according to the priority. Among them, the first parameter has the highest priority and the fourth parameter has the lowest priority. When the first parameter, the second parameter, the third parameter and the fourth parameter cannot be met at the same time, the negative pressure mask assembly model recommended by the highest level parameter shall prevail.
  • the first parameter l 1 of a male patient is greater than 13 cm, but the second parameter S is less than 45 or the third parameter and the fourth parameter are not within the recommended range, then the model of the negative pressure mask assembly that the male patient should be fitted with is “Man-Mask L”.
  • the model determined according to the first and second parameters is "Man-Mask M", but the model determined according to the third and fourth parameters is "Man-Mask L”, then the model of the negative pressure mask assembly that the male patient should be fitted with is "Man-Mask M”.
  • the model determined according to the first parameter, the second parameter, and the third parameter is "Woman-Mask S", but the model determined according to the fourth parameter is not within the range of Table 1, then the model of the negative pressure mask assembly that the female patient should be fitted with is "Woman-Mask S".
  • the model determined according to the first parameter is "Woman-Mask S”.
  • the model determined according to the second parameter is "Woman-Mask M”.
  • the model determined according to the third parameter is "Woman-Mask M”.
  • the model determined according to the fourth parameter is not within the range of Table 1. Then the model of the negative pressure mask assembly that the female patient should be fitted with is "Woman-Mask S”.
  • the present disclosure provides a selection device FU for selecting a negative pressure mask assembly.
  • the selection device is used to obtain the first parameter of the patient.
  • the selection device FU01 includes a sheet body.
  • a plurality of notches are provided on the sheet body.
  • the notches are in an arc-shaped structure.
  • the plurality of notches are of different sizes to correspond to different types of negative pressure mask assemblies.
  • the two ends of the notch are used to respectively fit the earlobes of the patient's ears to determine the model of the negative pressure mask assembly.
  • the sheet body can be made of cardboard, wood, plastic, textile, silicone rubber, etc.
  • the notch for male patients and the notch for female patients are located on the same side or different sides of the sheet body.
  • the model of the negative pressure mask assembly is marked next to each notch.
  • the set notch When in use, the set notch is inserted between the two earlobes of the patient through the patient's lower jaw, front neck or back neck, and the appropriate size of the negative pressure mask assembly can be determined by comparing the negative pressure mask assembly model information marked next to the notch.
  • the sheet body includes a first portion and a second portion connected together.
  • the first portion and the second portion can be folded in half.
  • a fold line is formed between the first portion and the second portion.
  • the notch corresponding to the male patient is located on the side of the first portion away from the fold line, and the notch corresponding to the female patient is located on the side of the second portion away from the fold line.
  • the sheet body can be arranged so as to be stored, thereby making the sheet body occupy a smaller space.
  • the notch corresponding to the male patient and the notch corresponding to the female patient are arranged opposite to each other, so as to facilitate the distinction of the notches corresponding to different genders.
  • a selection device FU02 is provided.
  • the selection device FU02 is used to obtain a second parameter of a patient.
  • the selection device is a strip-shaped structure.
  • the strip-shaped structure has a scale showing the size model of the negative pressure mask assembly, as shown in FIG15H.
  • the scale corresponds to the scale range of the second parameter S in Table 1.
  • the selection device includes a selection device suitable for male patients and a selection device suitable for female patients.
  • the selection device suitable for male patients is respectively marked with the size ranges corresponding to "Man-Mask L", "Man-Mask M", and "Man-Mask S”.
  • the selection device suitable for female patients is respectively marked with the size ranges corresponding to "Woman-Mask L", “Woman-Mask M”, and "Woman-Mask S”.
  • the range of the position corresponding to the beginning of the selection device is the model of the negative pressure mask assembly suitable for the patient.
  • the patient is a male. Select the male selection device for measurement. After circling the patient, the beginning of the selection device F02 is within the S range. Then the model suitable for this patient is "Man-Mask S".
  • a selection device F03-1 for a negative pressure mask assembly is provided.
  • the selection device is used to obtain a first angle ⁇ 1 and a second angle ⁇ 2 .
  • the selection device F03-1 includes a sheet structure, and a plurality of selection protrusions Fu0333 protruding outward are provided at the edge of the sheet structure.
  • the selection protrusion Fu0333 includes a first hypotenuse and a second hypotenuse forming a set angle.
  • the set angles of the plurality of selection protrusions Fu0333 are different so as to correspond to negative pressure mask assemblies of different models respectively.
  • the selection protrusion Fu0333 is used to be inserted between the patient's lower jaw and neck to determine the model of the negative pressure mask assembly.
  • the sheet structure can be made of cardboard, wood, plastic, textile, silicone rubber, etc.
  • the selection protrusion Fu0333 for male patients and the selection protrusion Fu0333 for female patients are located on the same side or different sides of the sheet structure.
  • the model of the negative pressure mask assembly is marked next to each selection protrusion Fu0333.
  • the angles of the two sides of the selection protrusion Fu0333 should correspond to different range values.
  • the specific range value can be determined by referring to Table 1.
  • the sheet structure includes a third part and a fourth part connected together.
  • the third part and the fourth part can be folded in half.
  • a fold line is formed between the third part and the fourth part.
  • the selection protrusion Fu0333 corresponding to male patients is located on the side of the third part away from the fold line, and the selection protrusion Fu0333 corresponding to female patients is located on the side of the fourth part away from the fold line.
  • the sheet structure can be folded for easy storage, so that the sheet structure occupies less space.
  • the selection convexity Fu0333 corresponding to male patients and the selection convexity Fu0333 corresponding to female patients are arranged opposite to each other, so that it is easy to distinguish the selection convexity Fu0333 corresponding to different genders.
  • the acquisition position of the above parameters is only relative to the patient's identification and does not represent a limitation on the acquisition position.
  • changing the acquisition position of the above first parameter to the sides of the patient's chin or the left and right mandibles is also within the protection scope of this patent.
  • changing the acquisition position of the second parameter to the upper or lower position of the neck, or to the circumferential size including the chin and the occipital bone can be considered as an equivalent change of this patent.
  • a selection device applied to the above-mentioned selection method is provided.
  • the device includes a sheet structure Fu0330.
  • a plurality of selection protrusions Fu0333 are arranged in the sheet structure Fu0330.
  • the selection protrusion Fu0333 is connected to the sheet structure Fu0330 through an easy-to-tear portion.
  • the setting angles of the plurality of selection protrusions Fu0333 are different to correspond to different models of negative pressure mask assemblies.
  • the selection protrusion Fu0333 is used to be inserted between the patient's lower jaw and neck to determine the model of the negative pressure mask assembly.
  • the material of the sheet structure Fu0330 can be cardboard, wood, plastic products, textile products, silicone rubber products, etc.
  • the sheet structure Fu0330 and the selection protrusion Fu0333 are an integral structure.
  • a whole sheet material is used, and the sheet structure Fu0330 and the selection protrusion Fu0333 are formed by opening an easy tear line Fu0332.
  • the easy tear portion can separate at least part of the selection protrusion Fu0333 from the sheet structure Fu0330.
  • the easy tear portion includes an easy tear line Fu0332 or a plurality of easy tear lines Fu0332 to form an easy tear strip Fu0331.
  • the selection device has a regular structure and is easy to store. When in use, the operator only needs to separate at least part of the selection protrusion Fu0333 through the easy-tear portion.
  • the selection protrusion Fu0333 can be bent to protrude laterally from the sheet structure Fu0330, that is, the selection protrusion Fu0333 is partially separated from the sheet structure Fu0330.
  • the selection protrusion Fu0333 can be removed from the sheet structure Fu0330, that is, the selection protrusion Fu0333 is completely separated from the sheet structure Fu0330. Both of the above methods can use the selection protrusion Fu0333.
  • the selected protrusion Fu0333 is a triangular structure, and the corner of the triangular structure for contacting the patient is chamfered.
  • chamfering can prevent the triangular structure from stinging the patient's skin when in use.
  • the three sides of the triangular structure are connected to the sheet structure Fu0330 through the tear lines Fu0332.
  • the tear lines Fu0332 at the two sides used to form the chamfers are cut off, so that the triangular structure can rotate around the side opposite to the chamfer as the axis to protrude from the sheet structure Fu0330.
  • the three sides of the triangular structure are all provided with tear lines Fu0332. The tear lines Fu0332 at the three sides are cut off, so that the triangular structure is removed from the sheet structure Fu0330.
  • the easy-tear portion includes an easy-tear strip Fu0331.
  • the selection protrusion Fu0333 is a triangular structure. The two sides of the triangular structure for contacting the patient are connected to the sheet structure Fu0330 through the easy-tear strip Fu0331.
  • a plurality of tear lines Fu0332 are separated into tear strips Fu0331.
  • the tear strips Fu0331 are formed at the two edges for forming the chamfer.
  • the tear strips Fu0331 can be removed as a whole, thereby forming two edges of a triangular structure that come into contact with the patient.
  • the tear strips Fu0331 corresponding to the two edges form an integral structure. The operator only needs to tear from one end of the tear strip Fu0331 to separate the two edges.
  • the tear strips Fu0331 make it easier to form the selection protrusions Fu0333.
  • a selection device for a negative pressure mask is provided.
  • the device is used to measure the angle between the patient's mandible and neck.
  • the selection device includes: a first arm FU03-21, a second arm FU03-22, and a ruler FU03-23.
  • One end of the second arm FU03-22 is rotatably connected to one end of the first arm FU03-21.
  • one end of the first arm FU03-21 and one end of the second arm FU03-22 are connected together by a rotating shaft FU03-24. Arm FU03-21 rotates.
  • the rotating shaft FU03-24 forms an integral structure with the first arm FU03-21, forms an integral structure with the second arm FU03-22, or is independently provided from the first arm FU03-21 and the second arm FU03-22.
  • the scale FU03-23 is connected to the other end of the first arm FU03-21.
  • the scale FU03-23 extends toward the side of the first arm FU03-21.
  • a selection scale line is provided on the scale FU03-23.
  • the second arm FU03-22 can swing along the scale FU03-23 relative to the first arm FU03-21 so that the first arm FU03-21 and the second arm FU03-22 form a set angle.
  • the model of the negative pressure mask is determined according to the position of the second arm FU03-22 on the selection scale line.
  • the selection scale can show the angle between the second arm FU03-22 and the first arm FU03-21.
  • the size of the negative pressure mask is determined according to the size of the angle. For example, the larger the angle, the larger the size of the negative pressure mask, and the smaller the angle, the smaller the size of the negative pressure mask.
  • first arm FU03-21, the second arm FU03-22 and the scale FU03-23 are made of metal, plastic, ceramic, etc.
  • the first arm FU03-21 and the second arm FU03-22 may be rod-shaped, sheet-shaped, etc.
  • first arm FU03-21 and the second arm FU03-22 When in use, one end of the connection between the first arm FU03-21 and the second arm FU03-22 is against the patient's neck. One of the first arm FU03-21 and the second arm FU03-22 is against the patient's lower jaw, and the other is against the part from the patient's neck to the chest. The size of the angle between the lower jaw and the neck is determined according to the position of the second arm FU03-22 on the selection scale of the scale FU03-23.
  • the two angles are the range of the patient's head movement. Determine the model of the negative pressure mask based on the two angles to ensure the accuracy of the selection.
  • the selection device can determine the size of the angle between the patient's lower jaw and neck through the swing of the second arm FU03-22 relative to the first arm FU03-21 and the position of the second arm FU03-22 on the selection scale line, and the model of the suitable negative pressure mask can be determined based on the size of the angle.
  • the device has the characteristics of convenient use, easy carrying and high measurement accuracy.
  • the size of the angle can be used as a basis for manufacturing the size of the negative pressure mask, thereby making the manufacturing of the negative pressure mask more accurate.
  • angle scales are provided on the scale FU03-23.
  • the angle scales can accurately display the angle between the first arm FU03-21 and the second arm FU03-22.
  • Length scales are provided on the first arm FU03-21 and/or the second arm FU03-22.
  • the length scales can accurately display the depth from the front section of the patient's lower jaw to the neck. The above two scales can more accurately determine the amplitude of the patient's head raising, so that the negative pressure mask can be selected more accurately.
  • length scales may be provided on both the first arm FU03-21 and the second arm FU03-22, so that the depth from the front section of the patient's mandible to the neck can be further accurately displayed, thereby making the selection of the negative pressure mask more accurate.
  • the starting point of angle measurement and the method of determining the angle can be determined according to actual needs.
  • the corresponding sides of the first arm FU03-21 and the second arm FU03-22 are selected as the starting point and the reference point for angle reading.
  • precise angle scales are not set on the scale FU03-23, but the appropriate models are marked on the scale FU03-23 corresponding to different models of negative pressure masks.
  • negative pressure masks are divided into small, medium, and large sizes, such as small is marked as S; medium is marked as M; and large is marked as L.
  • the ranges of S, M, and L are marked in order from small to large according to the angle. The range into which the second arm FU03-22 falls indicates which model the patient is suitable for.
  • the size of the depth is used as the basis for the size of the negative pressure mask, so that the production of the negative pressure mask becomes more accurate.
  • selection scale lines on the scale FU03-23 are not limited to the above embodiments, and those skilled in the art can make selections according to actual needs.
  • the scale FU03-23 can slide relative to the first arm FU03-21 to determine different models.
  • one end of the ruler FU03-23 is slidably connected to the first arm FU03-21.
  • the sliding connection can increase the measurable range.
  • the size of the jaw of a child is quite different from that of an adult.
  • the ends of the second arm FU03-22 and the first arm FU03-21 connected to each other are rounded.
  • the rounded corners can prevent the selection device from causing damage to the patient's neck when it contacts the patient's neck.
  • the length of the second arm FU03 - 22 is greater than the length of the first arm FU03 - 21 .
  • the length of the second arm FU03-22 is greater than that of the first arm FU03-21, so the second arm FU03-22 is close to the selection scale line on the covering scale FU03-23, so that it is easy to read the angle between the first arm FU03-21 and the second arm FU03-22.
  • the side of the scale FU03-23 that is away from the rotation axis FU03-24 is arc-shaped.
  • the rotation axis FU03-24 is located on the inner arc side of the arc.
  • the arc-shaped ruler FU03-23 can more easily determine the size of the angle between the first arm FU03-21 and the second arm FU03-22.
  • the side of the scale FU03-23 opposite to the rotating shaft FU03-24 is arranged in parallel with the side of the scale FU03-23 away from the rotating shaft FU03-24.
  • the scale FU03-23 is arc-shaped as a whole.
  • the scale FU03-23 is convenient for users to hold; on the other hand, the curvature of the two sides of the scale FU03-23 is consistent, and by comparing the two arc-shaped edges, the angle between the first arm FU03-21 and the second arm FU03-22 can be more accurately reflected.
  • the scale FU03-23 may also be in a straight line.
  • an end of the second arm FU03 - 22 opposite to the rotation axis FU03 - 24 extends outwardly to a side of the scale FU03 - 23 away from the rotation axis FU03 - 24 .
  • the second arm FU03-22 protrudes outward from the outside of the scale FU03-23, and the operator can adjust the angle between the first arm FU03-21 and the second arm FU03-22 by moving the protruding portion of the second arm FU03-22. In this way, it is easier to measure the angle between the patient's mandible and neck.
  • the hand since the operator's hand is located outside the first arm FU03-21 and the scale FU03-23, the hand can be prevented from being pinched by the first arm FU03-21 and the second arm FU03-22.
  • a limiting structure FU03-25 is provided on at least one of the first arm FU03-21 and the second arm FU03-22, and the limiting structure FU03-25 is constructed to limit the opening angle of the second arm FU03-22 relative to the first arm FU03-21.
  • both ends of the first arm FU03-21 are provided with outwardly protruding limit structures FU03-25 near the second arm FU03-22.
  • the limit structures FU03-25 can effectively prevent the second arm FU03-22 from swinging too much or swinging toward an area outside the scale FU03-23. In this way, the convenience of using the selection device can be ensured.
  • the angle at which the patient raises his head is not greater than 90°.
  • the maximum angle between the first arm FU03-21 and the second arm FU03-22 can be set to 90°.
  • the scale FU03-23 includes a first sheet FU03-231 and a second sheet FU03-232.
  • the first sheet FU03-231 is arranged in parallel with the second sheet FU03-232.
  • a gap FU03-233 is arranged between the first sheet FU03-231 and the second sheet FU03-232.
  • the first arm FU03-21 is fixed on at least one of the first sheet FU03-231 and the second sheet FU03-232.
  • the second arm FU03-22 is located in the gap FU03-233.
  • the second arm FU03-22 slides along the gap FU03-233 between the first sheet FU03-231 and the second sheet FU03-232.
  • the first sheet FU03-231 and the second sheet FU03-232 play a role of limiting.
  • the first sheet FU03-231 and the second sheet FU03-232 are metal sheets, plastic sheets, etc.
  • the first sheet FU03-231 and the second sheet FU03-232 can be formed by bending a whole arc-shaped sheet.
  • the first sheet FU03-231 and the second sheet FU03-232 can be connected together by welding, bonding, riveting, etc.
  • first sheet FU03-231 two ends are connected to two ends of the second sheet FU03-232 respectively.
  • One of the first sheet FU03-231 and the second sheet FU03-232 forms an integral structure with the first arm FU03-21, and the two are located in the same plane.
  • the second arm FU03-22 is located on the side of the first arm FU03-21 close to the gap FU03-233.
  • the first sheet FU03-231 and the second sheet FU03-232 are in an annular structure as a whole. Since the two ends of the first sheet FU03-231 and the second sheet FU03-232 are connected respectively, a limiting structure FU03-25 is formed at both ends of the first sheet FU03-231 and the second sheet FU03-232 to limit the swing range of the second arm FU03-22.
  • the second arm FU03-22 is located in the same plane as the first sheet FU03-231 or the second sheet FU03-232, and the second arm FU03-22 is located on the side of the first arm FU03-21 close to the gap FU03-233, which can reduce the overall thickness of the selection device, making the selection device smaller in space and easier to carry. convenient.
  • the first arm FU03-21 may be formed as an integral structure with the first sheet FU03-231 or the second sheet FU03-232 by stamping, injection molding, or the like.
  • first arm FU03-21 and the first sheet FU03-231 or the second sheet FU03-232 may be welded into a structure.
  • connection method of the first arm FU03-21 and the first sheet FU03-231 or the second sheet FU03-232 is not limited to the above embodiment, and those skilled in the art can make a selection according to actual needs.
  • the selection device includes two first arms FU03-21 arranged in parallel.
  • the two ends of the first sheet FU03-231 are respectively connected to the two ends of the second sheet FU03-232.
  • One of the two first arms FU03-21 is connected to the first sheet FU03-231, and the other is connected to the second sheet FU03-232.
  • the second arm FU03-22 is located between the two first arms FU03-21.
  • the first sheet FU03-231 and the second sheet FU03-232 are in an annular structure as a whole. Since the two ends of the first sheet FU03-231 and the second sheet FU03-232 are connected respectively, the two ends of the first sheet FU03-231 and the second sheet FU03-232 form a limiting structure FU03-25 to limit the swing range of the second arm FU03-22.
  • the second arm FU03-22 is clamped between the first sheet FU03-231 and the second sheet FU03-232, and between the two first arms FU03-21, so that the second arm FU03-22 can be effectively protected and placed to move perpendicular to the swinging direction, thereby avoiding damage to the selection device.
  • first sheet FU03-231 and the second sheet FU03-232 are arranged in parallel, and the two first arms FU03-21 are arranged in parallel, which makes the connection structure of the first arm FU03-21 and the scale FU03-23 more symmetrical and the overall structural strength of the connection structure is high.
  • the selection device has the characteristics of solid structure.
  • a method for preparing a negative pressure mask assembly comprises:
  • a three-dimensional model of the pad component is produced according to the obtained surface information.
  • the cushion components are manufactured according to the three-dimensional model.
  • the curved surface information of the patient's neck can be obtained by scanning with a 3D scanner, a stereo imager, etc., or by using a depth detector to form depth point cloud information, or by using a dynamic video or multiple static photos to synthesize the curved surface information with a three-dimensional form.
  • the three-dimensional model of the cushion component is formed by mold injection, 3D printing technology, etc.
  • the cushion component 1 can be matched with the patient's neck skin by the above method, thereby achieving good comfort and sealing of the cushion component 1.
  • a negative pressure therapy device includes a negative pressure generating device 7.
  • the negative pressure generating device includes: a shell 700 and a suction device 79.
  • a chamber is provided in the shell 700.
  • An exhaust pipe connected to the chamber is provided on the shell 700.
  • An airway valve 771 is provided on the exhaust pipe.
  • the suction device is provided in the shell, and the suction device is configured to suck gas from the chamber. Under the condition that the pressure in the negative pressure mask is greater than or equal to the first threshold value, the airway valve 771 opens.
  • the airway valve 771 is used to control the switch of the air extraction pipe to extract gas from the negative pressure mask 11.
  • the airway valve 771 can be but not limited to a manual valve, a pneumatic valve, a solenoid valve, etc. Those skilled in the art can make a choice according to actual needs.
  • the air extraction pipe is connected to the negative pressure mask 11 through a hose 3.
  • the negative pressure mask 11 is usually worn on the outside of the patient's respiratory tract, for example, under the mandible and at the neck. Negative pressure is formed in the negative pressure mask 11. The negative pressure opens the patient's respiratory tract, thereby effectively preventing the patient from snoring.
  • the suction device 79 is disposed in the housing 700.
  • the suction device 79 is configured to suck gas from the chamber.
  • the suction device 79 sucks gas from the chamber, the hose 3 connected to the chamber, and the negative pressure mask 11 to form a negative pressure in the negative pressure mask 11. It should be noted that forming a negative pressure means that the pressure in the negative pressure mask 11, the hose 3, and/or the chamber is lower than the atmospheric pressure.
  • the suction device 79 may be, but is not limited to: a suction-type suction device, a jet pump, a diffusion pump, a booster pump, etc.
  • the suction device 79 may also include an air suction compression pump, such as the VM series, VAA series, PK series, PC series, VCA series, VCC series, VCH series, PH series, FM series, FAA series, PCF series, etc.
  • an air suction compression pump such as the VM series, VAA series, PK series, PC series, VCA series, VCC series, VCH series, PH series, FM series, FAA series, PCF series, etc.
  • the negative pressure generating device 7 is provided with a pressure relief valve 751 and an airway valve 771.
  • the pressure relief valve 751 and the airway valve 771 By controlling the pressure relief valve 751 and the airway valve 771, when the pressure in the negative pressure mask 11 is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the airway valve 771 is opened, thereby evacuating the negative pressure mask 11 to treat the patient. In this way, the air pressure in the negative pressure mask can be kept stable, thereby improving the comfort of the patient during treatment.
  • a pressure relief pipe and an air extraction pipe connected to the chamber are provided on the housing.
  • a pressure relief valve 751 is provided on the pressure relief pipe.
  • An airway valve 771 is provided on the air extraction pipe.
  • the pressure relief valve 751 is used to relieve pressure in the chamber.
  • the airway valve 771 is used to control the switch of the air extraction pipe to extract gas from the negative pressure mask 11.
  • the pressure relief valve 751 may be, but is not limited to, a pneumatic valve, a solenoid valve, or a self-sealing safety valve.
  • the self-sealing safety valve can be opened and closed automatically without the need for a controller to control it.
  • the airway valve 771 may be, but is not limited to, a manual valve, a pneumatic valve, a solenoid valve, etc. Those skilled in the art may select one according to actual needs.
  • the airway valve 771 is opened.
  • the airway valve 771 and the pressure relief valve 751 are opened, and the second threshold is less than the first threshold.
  • the negative pressure generating device 7 is provided with a pressure relief valve 751 and an airway valve 771.
  • the pressure relief valve 751 and the airway valve 771 By controlling the pressure relief valve 751 and the airway valve 771, when the pressure in the negative pressure mask 11 is greater than or equal to a first threshold value, the airway valve 771 is opened, thereby evacuating the negative pressure mask 11 to treat the patient.
  • the airway valve 771 and the pressure relief valve 751 are opened.
  • the second threshold is less than the first threshold.
  • the suction device 79 over-suctions the negative pressure mask 11.
  • the pressure relief valve 751 is opened to introduce external air into the chamber, and the airway valve 771 is opened so that the external air compensates the negative pressure mask 11, thereby avoiding damage to the skin of the patient's mandible and/or neck caused by excessive suction by the suction device 79.
  • the negative pressure generating device 7 has the characteristic of good safety performance.
  • the airway valve 771 and the pressure relief valve 751 are closed.
  • the pressure in the negative pressure mask 11 when the pressure in the negative pressure mask 11 is between the first threshold and the second threshold, the pressure in the negative pressure mask 11 meets the requirements of negative pressure therapy. Under this condition, the pressure relief valve 751 is closed and the airway valve 771 is closed to maintain the pressure in the negative pressure mask 11.
  • the housing 700 includes an inner shell.
  • the inner shell includes a chamber upper shell 74, a chamber body 75 and a chamber lower shell 76.
  • the chamber upper shell 74, the chamber body 75 and the chamber lower shell 76 are connected together.
  • the chamber body 75 is located between the chamber upper shell 74 and the chamber lower shell 76.
  • a chamber is arranged in the inner shell.
  • a chamber is arranged in the cavity upper shell 74, the chamber body 75 and the chamber lower shell 76.
  • the interior of the chamber body 75 is a hollow structure.
  • the cavity upper shell 74 and the cavity lower shell 76 are sealed at both ends of the hollow structure.
  • the hollow structure is used to accommodate a suction device 79, etc.
  • the chamber upper shell 74, the chamber body 75 and the chamber lower shell 76 are made of plastic, metal, etc.
  • a sealing ring is provided between the chamber upper shell 74 and the chamber body 75 and between the chamber body 75 and the chamber lower shell 76.
  • the inner shell has the advantages of simple structure and easy assembly.
  • the suction device 79 has an air inlet pipe 752.
  • the air inlet pipe 752 is disposed on the chamber body 75, and the air inlet pipe 752 is communicated with the air extraction pipe.
  • the suction device 79 is located in the chamber body 75.
  • the chamber upper shell 74 and the chamber lower shell 76 can be removed, which makes it easy to install and replace the suction device 79.
  • the air inlet pipe 752 is arranged on the chamber body 75, so that when the chamber upper shell 74 or the chamber lower shell 76 is removed or installed, it will not be interfered by the air inlet pipe 752.
  • the air inlet pipe 752 is connected to the exhaust pipe, so that the suction device 79 can vacuum the negative pressure mask 11.
  • the pressure relief pipe is disposed on the chamber body 75. Compared with being disposed at other positions, this method can simplify the structure of the chamber upper shell 74 and the chamber lower shell 76, and avoid interference by the pressure relief pipe when disassembling and installing the chamber upper shell 74 or the chamber lower shell 76.
  • the housing 700 further includes an outer shell.
  • the outer shell is disposed outside the inner shell.
  • the outer shell can effectively protect the inner shell, thereby extending the service life of the negative pressure generating device 7.
  • the air extraction pipe is disposed on the outer shell, and the air extraction pipe forms a seal with the air inlet pipe 752 on the inner side of the outer shell, thereby ensuring the suction efficiency of the suction device 79.
  • the housing includes a bottom shell 77 and an outer cover 71.
  • a receiving space is provided inside the bottom shell 77.
  • the top and one side of the bottom shell 77 form an open side.
  • the inner shell is provided in the receiving space.
  • the upper cover sealing cover is provided on the open side.
  • the exhaust pipe is provided on the bottom shell 77.
  • the bottom shell 77 is a hexahedral structure.
  • the top and one side of the bottom shell 77 are open to form an open side.
  • the inner shell can be installed in the accommodating space through the top or the side of the bottom shell 77.
  • the structure of the bottom shell 77 facilitates the installation and removal of the inner shell.
  • the outer cover 71 is L-shaped as a whole, so as to seal the top and one side of the bottom shell 77.
  • the suction device 79 is installed in the chamber body 75 .
  • the chamber upper shell 74 and the chamber lower shell 76 are mounted to the upper and lower ends of the chamber body 75 .
  • the assembly consisting of the inner shell and the suction device 79 is installed into the accommodation space from the top of the bottom shell 77 or one side of the bottom shell 77.
  • the negative pressure generating device 7 further includes a controller.
  • the controller is used to send a control signal to perform the above operation.
  • the controller is arranged between the suction device 79 and the housing 700.
  • the controller is connected to the suction device 79 and the airway valve 771, and the controller is used to control the suction device 79 and the airway valve 771 according to the comparison result of the pressure in the negative pressure mask 11 with the first threshold value and the second threshold value.
  • control main board 73 is located between the outer cover 71 and the chamber upper shell 74.
  • the controller is integrated on the control main board 73.
  • the controller is connected to the suction device 79, the airway valve 771, etc. through the control main board 73.
  • the controller can be effectively protected by the housing.
  • a display panel 72 is provided between the outer cover 71 and the chamber upper shell 74.
  • the display panel 72 is connected to the controller and is located on the control main board 73.
  • An observation window is provided on the outer cover 71.
  • the display panel 72 is arranged opposite to the observation window.
  • the display panel 72 is used to display parameters of the suction device 79, such as rotation speed, temperature, suction efficiency, whether it is in working state, etc., and can also display the pressure inside the negative pressure mask 11, etc.
  • An operating button 711 is provided on the outer cover 71.
  • the operating button 711 is connected to the controller.
  • the operating button 711 is used to control the working parameters of the suction device 79, such as the rotation speed, suction efficiency, etc.
  • the controller can obtain the pressure in the negative pressure mask 11 in real time and compare the pressure with the first threshold and the second threshold. In response to different comparison results, the controller controls the suction device 79 to start, stop, and the airway valve 771 to open, close, etc.
  • the controller controls the suction device 79 to start and the airway valve 771 to open, thereby vacuuming the negative pressure mask 11. It should be noted that at this time, since the opening condition of the pressure relief valve 751 is not met, the pressure relief valve 751 is in a closed state.
  • the controller controls the suction device 79 to close and the airway valve 771 to close, so that the set pressure is maintained in the negative pressure mask 11 to treat the patient. It should be noted that at this time, since the opening condition of the pressure relief valve 751 is not met, the pressure relief valve 751 is in a closed state.
  • the controller controls the suction device 79 to close and the airway valve 771 to open.
  • the pressure relief valve 751 is automatically opened or opened under the control of the controller, and the external air enters the negative pressure mask 11 through the pressure relief valve 751 and the airway valve 771 to compensate for the air in the negative pressure mask 11.
  • the pressure relief valve 751 is automatically closed or closed under the control of the controller.
  • the negative pressure therapy device includes a negative pressure mask 11 , a hose 3 and the negative pressure generating device 7 described above, and the negative pressure mask 11 is connected to the exhaust pipe via the hose 3 .
  • the negative pressure therapy device has the characteristics of good safety performance.
  • the negative pressure therapy device further includes a monitoring module 78.
  • the monitoring module 78 includes a pressure sensing module 781 and a probe 782.
  • the pressure sensing module 781 is connected to the probe 782, for example, electrically connected via a wire.
  • the probe 782 is disposed in the hose 3 or the negative pressure mask 11.
  • the pressure sensing module 781 is disposed in the housing 700.
  • the probe 782 can sense the pressure in the negative pressure mask 11 in the hose 3 or in the negative pressure mask 11.
  • the pressure sensing module 781 is connected to the controller through the control mainboard 73 to transmit the pressure sensed by the probe 782 to the controller.
  • the controller compares the pressure with the first threshold and the second threshold to output a control signal.
  • the pressure sensing module 781 is located between the outer shell and the inner shell, and thus can be effectively protected by the outer shell.
  • the monitoring module 78 also includes a thermometer, a hygrometer, etc. to facilitate treatment of the patient.
  • a control method of a negative pressure therapy device includes:
  • the pressure inside the negative pressure mask 11 is sensed by the pressure sensing module 781 described above.
  • the pressure in the negative pressure mask 11 is compared with a first threshold value and/or a second threshold value, the first threshold value being greater than the second threshold value, wherein:
  • the airway valve 771 is closed and the pressure relief valve 751 is opened, and the second threshold is less than the first threshold.
  • the controller compares the pressure of the negative pressure mask 11 with the first threshold and the second threshold, and according to different comparison results, Different control signals are sent out to effectively regulate the negative pressure generating device 7.
  • the pressure sensing module 781 transmits the pressure sensed by the probe 782 to the controller.
  • the controller controls the suction device 79 to start and the airway valve 771 to open, thereby vacuuming the negative pressure mask 11. It should be noted that at this time, since the opening condition of the pressure relief valve 751 is not met, the pressure relief valve 751 is in a closed state.
  • the controller controls the suction device 79 to close and the airway valve 771 to close, so that the set pressure is maintained in the negative pressure mask 11 to treat the patient. It should be noted that at this time, since the opening condition of the pressure relief valve 751 is not met, the pressure relief valve 751 is in a closed state.
  • the controller controls the suction device 79 to close and the airway valve 771 to open.
  • the pressure relief valve 751 is automatically opened or opened under the control of the controller, and the external air enters the negative pressure mask 11 through the pressure relief valve 751 and the airway valve 771 to compensate for the air in the negative pressure mask 11.
  • the pressure relief valve 751 closes automatically or is closed under the control of the controller.
  • This control method can effectively prevent the patient's skin from being damaged due to excessive vacuuming of the suction device 79.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Anesthesiology (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Otolaryngology (AREA)
  • Nursing (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Orthopedics, Nursing, And Contraception (AREA)

Abstract

一种应用于负压面罩组件的选型方法以及选型装置。该选型方法包括:获取患者双耳耳垂之间的间距,根据间距确定负压面罩组件的宽度;获取患者颈部的周长,根据周长确定负压面罩组件与患者接触一侧的曲率;根据宽度和曲率确定负压面罩组件的型号。该选型方法能精确地确定适用于患者的负压面罩组件的型号。

Description

应用于负压面罩组件的选型方法以及选型装置
本公开要求于2022年11月04日提交中国专利局,申请号为202211379985.4(申请名称:应用于负压面罩组件的选型方法以及选型装置)、202222948281.6(申请名称:用于负压罩的选型装置)、202211379575.X(申请名称:负压治疗装置)、202222948215.9(申请名称:负压面罩和负压治疗装置)、202222948733.0(申请名称:用于将负压面罩固定在患者下颌的头带及负压通气装置)的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本公开涉及负压治疗技术领域,更具体地,本公开涉及一种应用于负压面罩组件的选型方法以及选型装置。
背景技术
无侵入式负压通气装置,例如负压治疗装置,是一种用于治疗打鼾的有效治疗手段。通常包括环绕在患者脖颈周围的负压面罩组件、提供持续抽吸力的负压泵,以及连接负压面罩组件和负压泵的软管。在使用时,负压面罩组件环绕在患者呼吸道的外侧(例如,下颌下方以及脖颈处)。在负压泵开启后,持续的负压使得患者呼吸道外侧的气压小于呼吸道内侧的气压。在气压差的作用下患者的呼吸道被打开,从而能有效的防止打鼾。负压治疗装置被广泛应用于阻塞性睡眠呼吸暂停(OSA)。
患者佩戴负压面罩组件方式通常包括两种:一种是,在负压面罩组件上设置有自粘胶,通过自粘胶将负压面罩组件粘结到患者的颈部;另一种是,通过颈带将负压面罩组件固定,颈带仅环绕在患者的颈部。然而,上述两种方式的佩戴舒适性差,并且无法保证患者与负压面罩组件之间形成良好的密封。
不同的患者的身体结构不同,负压面罩组件的尺寸不同。需要根据不同患者的身体结构选择合适的负压面罩组件,以进行有效地治疗。现有的负压面罩组件选型方式通常是用皮尺测量患者的脖颈尺寸、下颌到胸部上方的高度等,根据多个尺寸的测量判断选择的负压面罩组件的型号。然而,这种方式无法精确地确定哪种型号负压面罩组件适配的患者,导致负压面罩组件选型困难。
此外,需要根据患者的身体结构,选择不同型号的负压面罩组件,以满足患者的需求。通常的选型方式是,患者对选用不同型号的负压面罩样品进行试用,来确定哪个型号的适合。然而,这种选型方式不便捷,并且重复使用负压面罩样品容易造成疾病传播。
此外,负压泵的开启、关闭通常是人进行操作。这种方式无法保持负压面罩内的气压的稳定,造成患者治疗的不适感。
此外,在负压泵由于机械故障或人为误操作而提供了一个过大的抽吸力时,如果抽吸力大于人体长时间佩戴时的承受能力,则可能会造成患者佩戴部位(例如,脖颈处)皮肤拉伤等损害。
因此,需要提供一种新的技术方案,以解决上述技术问题。
发明内容
本公开的一个目的是提供一种应用于负压面罩组件的选型方法的新技术方案。
根据本公开的一个方面,提供了一种应用于负压面罩组件的选型方法。该方法包括:获取患者的性别,其中,在患者为女性的条件下,负压面罩组件的内表面形成弧面结构;在患者为男性的条件下,负压面罩组件的内表面形成弧面结构,弧面结构的中部设置有避让缺口或者柔性部件;获取患者双耳耳垂之间的间距,根据间距确定负压面罩组件的宽度;获取患者颈部的周长,根据周长确定负压面罩组件与患者接触一侧的曲率;根据宽度和曲率确定负压面罩组件的型号。
可选地,还包括:获取患者平视时,患者的下颌与患者的脖颈之间形成的第一夹角;根据宽度、曲率以及第一夹角确定负压面罩组件的型号。
可选地,还包括:获取患者仰视时,患者的下颌与患者的脖颈之间形成的第二夹角;根据宽度、曲率、第一夹角和第二夹角确定负压面罩组件的型号。
可选地,在根据间距确定的负压面罩组件的型号与根据周长确定的负压面罩组件的型号不一致的情况下,以根据间距确定的负压面罩组件的型号作为标准。
可选地,在根据周长确定的负压面罩组件的型号与根据第二夹角确定的负压面罩组件的型 号不一致的情况下,以根据周长确定的负压面罩组件的型号作为标准。
可选地,在根据第一夹角确定的负压面罩组件的型号与根据第二夹角确定的负压面罩组件的型号不一致的情况下,以根据第二夹角确定的负压面罩组件的型号作为标准。
可选地,与患者的性别对应的负压面罩组件的型号包括第一型负压面罩组件、第二型负压面罩组件和第三型负压面罩组件,第一型负压面罩组件的尺寸大于第二型负压面罩组件的尺寸,第二型负压面罩组件的尺寸大于第三型负压面罩组件的尺寸;其中,第一型负压面罩组件的间距大于第二型负压面罩组件的间距,第二型负压面罩组件的间距大于第三型负压面罩组件的间距;第一型负压面罩组件的曲率大于第二型负压面罩组件的曲率,第二型负压面罩组件的曲率大于第三型负压面罩组件的曲率。
根据本公开的第二方面,提供了一种应用于上述选型方法的选型装置。该装置包括片材本体,在片材本体上开设有多个缺口,缺口呈弧形结构,多个缺口尺寸不同,以分别对应不同型号的负压面罩组件,缺口的两端用于分别适配患者双耳的耳垂,以确定负压面罩组件的型号。
可选地,片材本体包括连接在一起的第一部分和第二部分,第一部分和第二部分能够对折,第一部分和第二部分之间形成折线,男性患者对应的缺口位于第一部分的背离折线一侧,女性患者对应的缺口位于第二部分的背离折线一侧。
根据本公开的第三方面,提供了一种应用于上述选型方法的选型装置。该装置包括片材结构,在片材结构的边缘设置有向外凸出的多个选型凸起,选型凸起包括成设定夹角的第一边和第二边,多个选型凸起的设定夹角不同,以分别对应不同型号的负压面罩组件,选型凸起用于卡入患者的下颌与脖颈之间,以确定负压面罩组件的型号。
可选地,片材结构包括连接在一起的第三部分和第四部分,第三部分和第四部分能够对折,第三部分和第四部分之间形成折线,男性患者对应的选型凸起位于第三部分的背离折线一侧,女性患者对应的选型凸起位于第四部分的背离折线一侧。
根据本公开的第四方面,提供了一种应用于上述选型方法的选型装置。该装置包括片材本体,片材本体内设置有多个选型凸起,选型凸起通过易撕部与片材本体连接,多个选型凸起的设定夹角不同,以分别对应不同型号的负压面罩组件,选型凸起用于卡入患者的下颌与脖颈之间,以确定负压面罩组件的型号。
可选地,选型凸起能够被弯折,以向侧面凸出于片材本体;或者选型凸起能从片材本体上取出。
可选地,选型凸起呈三角形结构,三角形结构的用于与患者接触的角形成倒角。
可选地,易撕部包括易撕条,选型凸起呈三角形结构,三角形结构的用于与患者接触两条边通过易撕条与片材本体连接。
根据本公开的第五方面,提供了一种应用于负压面罩组件的选型装置。该选型装置包括:第一模块,第一模块用于获取患者双耳耳垂之间的间距;第二模块,第二模块用于获取患者颈部的周长;处理器,处理器用于获取和周长,并根据间距确定负压面罩组件的宽度,根据周长确定负压面罩组件与患者接触一侧的曲率,以及根据宽度和曲率确定负压面罩组件的型号。
可选地,还包括:第三模块,第三模块用于获取患者平视时,患者的下颌与患者的脖颈之间形成的第一夹角;处理器还用于根据宽度、曲率以及第一夹角确定负压面罩组件的型号。
可选地,第三模块还用于获取患者仰视时,患者的下颌与患者的脖颈之间形成的第二夹角;处理器还用于根据宽度、曲率、第一夹角和第二夹角确定负压面罩组件的型号。
可选地,处理器还用于在根据间距确定的负压面罩组件的型号与根据周长确定的负压面罩组件的型号不一致的情况下,以根据间距确定的负压面罩组件的型号作为标准。
可选地,处理器还用于在根据周长确定的负压面罩组件的型号与根据第二夹角确定的负压面罩组件的型号不一致的情况下,以根据周长确定的负压面罩组件的型号作为标准。
可选地,处理器还用于在根据第一夹角确定的负压面罩组件的型号与根据第二夹角确定的负压面罩组件的型号不一致的情况下,以根据第二夹角确定的负压面罩组件的型号作为标准。
可选地,还包括:性别获取模块,性别获取模块用于获取患者的性别;处理器还用于在患者为女性的条件下,将负压面罩组件的内表面设定为弧面结构;在患者为男性的条件下,将负压面罩组件的内表面设定为弧面结构,以及在弧面结构的中部设置避让缺口或者柔性部件。
根据本公开的第六方面,提供了一种头带,用于负压通气装置,头带包括头带主体,头带主体被构造为覆盖患者的头顶以及枕骨,头带主体的中部为镂空结构;以及多个连接带,连接带的一端与头带主体的边缘连接,在至少一个连接带设置有头带固定结构,至少一个连接带与头带主体连接的部位位于患者耳部后方,多个连接带朝向患者下颌处延伸,多个连接带相对于头带主 体对称设置,头带固定结构用于与负压面罩连接。
根据本公开的第七方面,提供了一种负压面罩,所述负压面罩包括:主体和与主体连接的安全阀,安全阀包括安装筒和密封件,安装筒包括具有内部端口和外部端口的内部通道,密封件设置在外部端口处,密封件包括自密封片和密封口,自密封片向外凸出于内部通道,在自密封片上开设有密封口,自密封片能将密封口密封,以密封内部通道,自密封片在受到内部通道内侧与外侧的气压差超过临界压力时使密封口打开。
根据本公开的第八方面,提供了一种负压治疗装置,包括负压发生装置。该负压发生装置包括:壳体,在所述壳体内设置有腔室,在所述壳体上设置有与所述腔室连通的抽气管,在所述抽气管上设置有气道阀门;以及抽吸装置,所述抽吸装置设置在所述壳体内,所述抽吸装置配置为对所述腔室抽吸气体;在负压面罩内的压强大于或等于第一阈值的条件下,所述气道阀门开启。
根据本公开的第九方面,提供了一种用于负压面罩的选型装置。该装置用于测量患者下颌到颈部的夹角,所述选型装置包括:第一臂;第二臂,所述第二臂的一端与所述第一臂的一端可转动地连接,所述第一臂和所述第二臂分别用于与还着的下颌和脖颈相接触,所述第二臂到中心的的距离大于所述第一臂到中心的距离;以及标尺,所述标尺与所述第一臂的另一端连接,在所述标尺上设置有选型刻线,所述第二臂能沿所述标尺相对于所述第一臂摆动,以使所述第一臂与第二臂成设定夹角,根据所述第二臂在所述选型刻线上的位置确定负压面罩的型号。
本公开提供的头带能保证负压面罩组件与患者之间密封良好,并且佩戴舒适。
本公开提供的负压面罩,密封件包括自密封片和密封口。并且自密封片向外凸出于内部通道。内部通道内形成负压。在内、外气压差的作用下,自密封片被向内挤压。此时,密封口在自密封片的相互挤压之下,密封更好。在气压差超过临界压力时,在压力的作用下自密封片能够发生弹性形变,进而向内开启密封口,以允许外部的空气进入,从而保证安全阀所安装部件内的气压不超过临界压力。该负压面罩能够对患者进行有效地保护。
该负压面罩的结构简单,加工容易,并且不需要电磁驱动或者气压驱动,就能实现气压差超过临界气压时自动开启以及气压差不超过临界气压时自动关闭的功能。
此外,由于自密封片能够发生弹性形变而打开密封口,故能够通过该安全阀插入检测探头从而对安全阀所在部件内部的气压、温度等参数进行检测。在探头拔出后,自密封片回复至使密封口关闭的位置,保证密封口不漏气。
本公开提供的负压治疗装置包括负压发生装置。负压发生装置设置有气道阀门,通过控制气道阀门能够使得在负压面罩内的压强大于或等于第一阈值时,气道阀门开启,从而对负压面罩进行抽真空,以对患者进行治疗。通过这种方式能保持负压面罩内的气压稳定,从而提升了患者治疗的舒适感。
本公开提供的选型装置,通过第二臂相对于第一臂的摆动,以及第二臂在选型刻线上的位置能够确定患者下颌与脖颈的夹角的大小,根据该夹角的大小能确定适配的负压面罩的型号。
该装置具有使用便捷,携带容易,测量精确高的特点。
此外,也可以是根据上述夹角的大小作为制作负压面罩的尺寸依据,从而使得负压面罩的制作变得更精确。
本公开提供的选型方法能精确地确定适用于患者的负压面罩组件的型号。
通过以下参照附图对本公开的示例性实施例的详细描述,本公开的其它特征及其优点将会变得清楚。
附图说明
构成说明书的一部分的附图描述了本公开的实施例,并且连同说明书一起用于解释本公开的原理。
图1是根据本公开实施例的衬垫组件的立体图。
图2A、图2B、图2C、图2D、图2E、图2F、图2G、图2H是图1中多种结构的衬垫组件沿截面A的剖视图。
图3A、图3B是衬垫组件与患者皮肤进行密封的示意图。
图4A是根据本公开实施例的另一种衬垫组件的分解图。
图4B是图4A所示的衬垫组件沿截面B的剖视图。
图5A、图5B、图5C、图5D是根据本公开实施例的软胶部分与罩杯的装配示意图。
图5E是图5D所示软胶部分与罩杯的装配原理图。
图6A、图6B、图6C是根据本公开实施例的框架的结构示意图。
图7A、图7B是根据本公开实施例的弯管的结构示意图。
图7C、图7D是根据本公开实施例的软管的结构示意图。
图8A是根据本公开实施例的负压面罩组件的结构示意图。
图8B、图8C、图8D是图8A中多种结构的负压面罩组件沿截面C的剖视图。
图9A是根据本公开实施例的带有凹槽结构的衬垫组件的结构示意图。
图9B、图9C是图9A所示的衬垫组件沿截面D的剖视图。
图9D是根据本公开实施例的另一种带有凹槽结构的衬垫组件的结构示意图。
图9E、图9F、图9G、图9H、图9I、图9J、图9K、图9L是图9D中多种结构的衬垫组件的剖视图。
图9M、图9N是根据本公开实施例的衬垫组件与患者皮肤进行密封的示意图。
图10A是根据本公开实施例的第一种头带的示意图。
图10B是根据本公开实施例的第二种头带的示意图。
图10C是根据本公开实施例的第三种头带的示意图。
图10D是根据本公开实施例的第四种头带的示意图。
图10E是根据本公开实施例的第四种头带另一个角度的示意图。
图11A是根据本公开实施例的头带固定结构、连接带和框架的装配图。
图11B是图11A的爆炸图。
图12A是根据本公开实施例的自粘膜与负压面罩组件、软管的装配图。
图12B是根据本公开实施例的自粘膜的示意图。
图12C是根据本公开实施例的自粘膜与负压面罩组件、软管另一角度的装配图。
图12D是图12C的剖视图。
图13A是根据本公开实施例的带有透气层的衬垫组件的示意图。
图13B是图13A沿截面E的剖视图。
图13C是图13B的局部放大图。
图13D、图13E是软胶部分与罩杯的局部剖视图。
图14A是根据本公开实施例的安全阀的立体图。
图14B是根据本公开实施例的安全阀的剖视图。
图14C是根据本公开实施例的安全阀与三通管的装配图。
图14D是图14C的局部的剖视图。
图14E是根据本公开实施例的安全阀与负压面罩组件的装配图。
图15A、图15B、图15C、图15D、图15E是根据本公开实施例的对患者进行测量的示意图。
图15F是根据本公开实施例的负压面罩组件选型的流程图。
图15G是根据本公开实施例的卡尺的结构示意图。
图15H是根据本公开实施例的皮尺的示意图。
图15I根据本公开实施例的另一种卡尺的结构示意图。
图15J是根据本公开实施例的负压面罩组件选型装置的结构示意图。
图15K是根据本公开实施例的另一种负压面罩组件选型装置的结构示意图。
图15L是图15K的后视图。
图15M是图15K中第一臂和标尺的装配示意图。
图15N是根据本公开实施例的另一种负压面罩组件选型装置的结构示意图。
图15O是图15N中第一臂与标尺的装配示意图。
图15P是根据本公开实施例的又一种负压面罩组件选型装置的结构示意图。
图15Q是根据本公开实施例的又一种负压面罩组件选型装置的结构示意图。
图16A是根据本公开实施例的负压发生装置的立体图。
图16B是根据本公开实施例的负压发生装置的分解图。
图16C是根据本公开实施例的负压发生装置的原理图。
图16D是根据本公开实施例的负压治疗装置的示意图。
图16E是根据本公开实施例的负压治疗装置的控制方法的流程图。
具体实施方式
现在将参照附图来详细描述本公开的各种示例性实施例。应注意到:除非另外具体说明,否则在这些实施例中阐述的部件和步骤的相对布置、数字表达式和数值不限制本公开的范围。
以下对至少一个示例性实施例的描述实际上仅仅是说明性的,决不作为对本公开及其应用或使用的任何限制。
对于相关领域普通技术人员已知的技术和设备可能不作详细讨论,但在适当情况下,所述技术和设备应当被视为说明书的一部分。
在这里示出和讨论的所有例子中,任何具体值应被解释为仅仅是示例性的,而不是作为限制。因此,示例性实施例的其它例子可以具有不同的值。
应注意到:相似的标号和字母在下面的附图中表示类似项,因此,一旦某一项在一个附图中被定义,则在随后的附图中不需要对其进行进一步讨论。
<一、负压治疗装置>
如图16D所示,负压治疗装置包括负压面罩组件、软管4、头带5、抽气管道6、负压发生装置7等。其中,负压面罩组件包括衬垫组件1、框架2。
在一些例子中,负压面罩组件还包括弯管3、软管等。负压面罩组件用于与患者接触。例如,衬垫组件1与患者皮肤接触,并在患者下颌、脖颈处形成密封的负压腔室。衬垫组件1为罩形结构,具有开口。开口用于与患者对接,并形成负压腔室。衬垫组件的中部形成有第一安装孔13。第一安装孔13朝向背离开口的方向延伸。第一安装孔13用于与弯管3或者软管4连接。
框架2设置在衬垫组件1的外侧,例如套设在第一安装孔13外。框架2为衬垫组件1提供支撑力,以保证负压腔室的稳定性。
弯管3连接在衬垫组件1与负压发生装置7之间,以构成气体通道。也可以是,软管4直接连接在衬垫组件1与负压装置之间,以构成气体通道。还可以是,弯管3和软管4连接。弯管3与衬垫组件1连接。软管4与负压发生装置7连接。
头带5将负压面罩组件固定在患者脖颈处。负压发生装置7对负压腔室的抽气,以使得负压腔室内的气压小于衬垫组件1的外界气压。
<二、衬垫组件>
本公开实施例提供了一种应用于负压治疗装置的衬垫组件1。如图1所示,衬垫组件1用于与患者的皮肤接触。衬垫组件1的整体呈左、右对称结构。衬垫组件1包括软胶部分11、罩杯12、第一安装孔13。罩杯12呈罩形结构。罩杯12围绕第一安装孔13设置,并与第一安装孔13的一端连接。第一安装孔13用于与弯管3或者软管4连接。软胶部分11围绕罩杯12设置,并与罩杯12的边缘连接。
可选地,软胶部分11由柔软质制成。软质材料可以是但不限于硅胶、凝胶、TPE、TPU等。在佩戴时,软胶部分11直接与患者的皮肤接触。罩杯12的结构强度大于软胶部分11的结构强度。例如,罩杯12的硬度大于软胶部分11的硬度。罩杯12的材质可以是但不限于PC、PP等。也可以是,罩杯12采用与软胶部分11相同的材料,但是罩杯12的厚度大于软胶部分11的厚度。这样,罩杯12的结构强度会大于软胶部分11的结构强度。
进一步地,罩杯12具有设定的刚性,以保持自身形状固定。在使用时,罩杯12与患者皮肤之间形成负压腔室。例如,罩杯12的刚度能承受负压腔室内、外两侧压强差大于20hpa,而保持不变形。
第一安装孔13与罩杯12固定连接。例如,第一安装孔13位于罩杯12的中部,并向远离负压腔室一侧伸出。当然,也可以位于罩杯12的中部偏左或偏右的位置。第一安装孔13用于安装弯管3或软管4,并通过弯管3和/或软管4与负压发生装置7连通。第一安装孔13还可以用于安装框架2。例如,第一安装孔13的外壁设置有安装凸起14。安装凸起14围绕第一安装孔13的周向设置。框架2的中部具有固定孔。固定孔卡在安装凸起14上,从而使得框架2被固定在第一安装孔13外。框架2用于与头带5连接,以便于将衬垫组件1与患者皮肤紧密接触,并在衬垫组件1与患者之间形负压腔室。
在一个例子中,软胶部分11包括多个软胶层。多个软胶层包括第一软胶层111和第二软件层112。第一软胶层111和第二软件层112具有沿宽度方向相对的第一边和第二边。第一软胶层111的第一边和第二软胶层112的第一边与罩杯12连接,并且第一软胶层111的第二边和第二软胶层112的第二边向外延伸出。其中,第一软胶层111用于与患者的皮肤接触,第二软胶层112位于第一软胶层111外侧。第一软胶层111和第二软胶层112相间隔。第二软胶层112的第二遍对第一软胶层111形成支撑,以使第一软胶层111与患者的皮肤形成良好的密封效果。
在另一个例子中,如图4A、图4B所示,衬垫组件1包括内层衬垫11a和外层衬垫11b。例如,内层衬垫11a和外层衬垫11b均包括位于中部的管段13a,13b、围绕管段13a,13b设置的罩 体12a,12b和围绕罩体12a,12b设置的边缘部分。管段13a,13b和罩体12a,12b以及边缘部分连接在一起。管段13a,13b和罩体12a,12b中的至少一个为硬质材料,边缘部分为软质材料。也可以是,管段13a,13b和罩体12a,12b以及边缘部分均为软质材料,管段13a,13b和罩体12a,12b的厚度大于边缘部分的厚度,以使得管段13a,13b和罩体12a,12b的结构强难度大于软质边缘部分。
内层衬垫11a和外层衬垫11b层叠设置,并连接在一起。例如,内内层衬垫11a和外层衬垫11b通过粘结、卡接、热熔的方式连接在一起。内层衬垫11a的罩体12a和外层衬垫11b的罩体12b组合到一起,例如二者完全贴合或者部分贴合在一起,以形成罩杯12。内层衬垫11a的管段13a和外层衬垫11b的管段13b组合到一起,例如二者形成连接,以形成第一安装孔13。第一软胶层111位于内层衬垫11a的边缘部分。第二软胶层112位于外层衬垫11b的边缘部分。在外层衬垫11b的管段上设置有安装凸起14。
可选地,第二软胶层112的厚度比第一软胶层111的厚度大,如图2A所示。第二软胶层112的厚度大,则结构强度高,从而能对第一软胶层111形成良好的支撑,保持第一软胶层111与患者皮肤的密封良好。第一软胶层111的厚度小,则能够发生弹性形变,从而保持与患者皮肤之间形成良好的密封。
可选地,第二软胶层112的宽度比第一软胶层111的宽度小,如图2B所示。在该例子中,第二软胶层112的第二边正对第一软胶层111的中部位置。第一软胶层111相对于第二软胶层112具有冗余部。冗余部能够增加第一软胶层111与患者皮肤的接触面积,从而保持第一软胶层111与患者皮肤的密封良好。
可选地,第二软胶层112的第二边向远离第一软胶层111一侧弯折,如图2C所示。第二边形成向外延伸的弧面。在该例子中,第二软胶层112与第一软胶层111之间的距离大,第一软胶层111的活动空间大,并且在形成支撑时,第二软胶层112与第一软胶层111重叠的区域大,二者的接触面积大,这使得第一软胶层111与患者皮肤的密封面积大,密封效果更好。
可选地,第二软胶层112的第二边向靠近第一软胶层111一侧弯折,如图2D所示。在该例子中,第二软胶层112与第一软胶层111之间的距离小,第一软胶层111的活动空间小,并且弯折后的第二软胶层112与第一软胶层111重叠面积大,二者具有大的接触面积,从而能更有效地对第一软胶层111形成结构支撑。
在一个例子中,第二软胶层112的第二边设置有凸缘112a,如图2E所示。在该例子中,凸缘112a的厚度大于第二软胶层112的凸缘112a以外部分的厚度,这使得第二软胶层112整体的结构强度更高,第二软胶层112对第一软胶层111的支撑力更大。
进一步地,凸缘112a的靠近第一软胶层111一侧形成弧面。通过这种方式,在佩戴时,凸缘112a能稳定的支撑第一软胶层111,并弧面能够形成可滑动支点B,从而适配患者的头部移动。
此外,这使得第二软胶层112与第一软胶层111接触的面积更大,第一软胶层111与患者皮肤接触的面积更大,进而使得负压腔室的密封效果更好。
可选地。凸缘112a的横截面呈圆形、椭圆形等。上述形状的凸缘112a均能提高负压腔室的密封效果。
进一步地,沿凸缘112a的延伸方向,在凸缘112a内设置有通道。通道能够在不减弱第二软胶层112整体结构强度的条件下减轻凸缘112a整体的重量,进而减轻了第二软胶层112整体的重量。
此外,通道使得凸缘112a能在受到外力挤压时,发生弹性形变,这使得第一软胶层111能够根据患者脖颈、下颌处的结构调整局部的结构,使得第一软胶层111能更贴合患者的皮肤。
可选地,通道的横截面呈圆形、矩形、梯形、三角形、椭圆形、半圆形等。上述结构均能减轻第二软胶层112的重量,并且使得第一软胶层111贴合患者的皮肤。
在一个例子中,软胶部分11在罩杯12周向不同位置的尺寸、形状不同。例如,在与患者下颌接触的位置(图1中的截面A的位置),为更好的与下颌密封,第一软胶层111向远离第二软胶层112一侧弯折,如图2A所示。在与患者脖颈处第一软胶层111向靠近第二软胶层112一侧弯折,如图2B-图2H所示。通过这种方式,第一软胶层111能有效地与患者的皮肤接触。
当然,软胶部分11在罩杯12周向不同位置的尺寸、形状不限于上述实施例,本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要进行选择。
在一个例子中,如图2G所示,第二软胶层112的第二端向靠近第一软胶层111一侧弯折,并与第一软胶层111的中部连接形成支点B,如图2G所示。支点B能有效地对第一软胶层111进行支撑,从而使得第一软胶层111与患者皮肤形成良好的密封。
进一步地,第二软胶层112与第一软胶层111之间形成了第一腔室CB1。第一腔室CB1允许第一软胶层111的局部发生形变,从而适应患者的下颌、脖颈处的结构,以保持良好的密封效果。
需要说明的是,由于支点B是不可移动的,故在第一软胶层111与患者皮肤间形成的密封点也是不可以移动的,因此不能根据患者的动作,动态地调整密封。
为了解决上述技术问题,在一个例子中,如图2H所示,软胶部分11包括第一软胶层111、第二软胶层112、第三软胶层113。
在一个例子中,软胶部分能够实现动态密封,即根据患者的动作,动态地调整密封。如图3A、3B所示,衬垫组件1与患者皮肤形成稳定的负压腔室。负压腔室内的气压低于负压腔室外的气压。
在软胶部分11的第一软胶层111与患者皮肤的接触点形成密封,即密封点C。第二软胶层112支撑在第一软胶层111的外侧。第二软胶层112为第一软胶层111与患者皮肤之间的密封提供支撑力。第二软胶层112与第一软胶层111之间的支撑点,即支点B。
在该例子中,当密封点C与支点B的位置相对,即密封点C与支点B分别位于第一软胶层111的同一位置的内、外侧时,第二软胶层112对于第一软胶层111的支撑力通过密封点C作用在患者皮肤上。在这种条件下,第一软胶层111与患者皮肤的密封效果最良好;反之,如果密封点C与支点B的位置不相对时,则可能造成第一软胶层111与患者皮肤的密封不良。
当患者有头部运动(例如,点头、摇头)、吞咽动作(例如,喉结、喉部肌肉的运动)而导致衬垫组件1移动时,或者衬垫组件1被人为的拖拽、晃动时,密封点C的位置将会发生动态改变。在这种情况下,如果第二软胶层112和第一软胶层111之间的支点B的位置固定,如图2G所示,或者软胶部分11为单层结构,则支点B和密封点C相对位置发生偏移,会导致第一软胶层111与患者皮肤的密封失效。
在一个优选的实施例中,如图3A、图3B所示,第二软胶层112在支点B处对第一软胶层111形成支撑。在第二软胶层112的支撑作用下,第一软胶层111在密封点C处于患者皮肤形成挤压、密封。第二软胶层112的第二端与第一软胶层111未连接。在第二软胶层112与第一软胶层111之间形成了第一腔室CB1。
当患者发生头部运动、吞咽动作或人为拖动时,密封点C的位置发生移动。第二软胶层112和第一软胶层111的接触点(即支点B)将在第一软胶层111的外表面上自动偏移,即支点B随着密封点C的偏移而自动调整位置,以保持第一软胶层111与患者皮肤之间形成良好的密封。通过这种方式,密封点C与支点B始终保持分别位于第一软胶层111的同一位置的内、外侧,从而达到了动态密封的效果。
进一步地,当衬垫组件1被挤压时,第一腔室CB1为第二软胶层112和第一软胶层111提供了足够的弹性变形空间,从而增加了衬垫组件1佩戴的舒适性,并且第一腔室CB1为第二软胶层112和第一软胶层111提供了足够的调整空间,从而增加了衬垫组件1与患者皮肤的密封性。
<三、罩杯与软胶部分的连接方式>
本公开实施例提供了一种罩杯12和软胶部分11的连接方式。罩杯12和软胶部分11可以采用同种材料一体成型,材料可以是但不限于橡胶、硅胶等。一体成型制作的罩杯12和软胶部分如图2A至图2H,图3A、图3B、图4B所示的结构。当然,也可以罩杯12与软胶部分独立成型,再进行连接的方式将罩杯12与软胶部分11连接在一起。
在一个例子中,如图5A-图5C所示,采用机械装配的方法将罩杯12与软胶部分11连接在一起。
在一个例子中,如图5A所示,在罩杯12的外边缘和软胶部分11的内边缘中的任意一个上设置有周向延伸的凹槽,二者中的另一个上设置有周向延伸的凸起。例如,在罩杯12上设置有周向延伸的第一凸起121。在软胶部分上设置有周向延伸的第一凹槽114。
需要说明的是,第一凸起121可以是围绕罩杯12一周连续地设置,也可以是仅在罩杯12周向局部设置有第一凸起121,或者在罩杯12周向间断地设置有多个第一凸起121。第一凹槽114可以是围绕软胶部分11一周连续地设置,也可以是仅在软胶部分11周向局部设置有第一凹槽114,或者在软胶部分11周向间断地设置有多个第一凹槽114。
在装配时,第一凸起121插入第一凹槽114内,以实现罩杯12与软胶部分11的密封。例如,第一凸起121与第一凹槽114通过过盈配合连接在一起。
软胶部分11和罩杯12共同形成了负压腔室,二者之间的密封性和稳定性对于负压腔室内 负压的保持至关重要。为达到更稳定的密封效果,在一个例子中,如图5B、图5C所示,在罩杯12上设置有第二凸起122,第二凸起122设置于第一凸起121的侧部。第二凸起122与第一凸起121的凸起方向垂直或者基本垂直,例如,两种凸起的凸起方向的夹角为80°-110°。在软胶部分11上设置有第二凹槽115。第二凹槽115设置于第一凹槽114的侧壁上。第二凹槽115与第一凹槽114的内凹方向垂直或者基本垂直,例如,两种凹槽的内凹方向的夹角为80°-110°。在装配时,第一凸起121与第一凹槽114形成卡接。同时,第二凸起122与第二凹槽115形成卡接。由于第二凸起122与第二凹槽115的卡接对第一凸起121与第一凹槽114的分离形成干涉,故能有效地避免罩杯12与软胶部分11分离,从而提高了二者的密封效果。
此外,第一凸起121与第一凹槽114形成卡接,第二凸起122与第二凹槽115形成卡接。上述两种卡接均为可拆卸的连接方式。在罩杯12或者软胶部分老化、无损时,可以对其中任意一个进行更换。
在其他示例中,在第一凹槽114的侧壁上设置有第二凸起122。在第一凸起121的侧壁上设置有第二凹槽115。在装配时,第一凸起121与第一凹槽114形成卡接。同时,第二凸起122与第二凹槽115形成卡接。通过这种方式,同样能够实现
可选地,如图5C所示,第二凸起122可以是沿第一凸起121的一个侧壁或者第一凹槽114的一个侧壁整圈连续设置,也可以是间断地设置。第二凹槽115可以是沿第一凸起121的一个侧壁或者第一凹槽114的一个侧壁整圈连续设置,也可以是间断地设置。
可选地,第二凹槽115为贯穿第一凹槽114的一个侧壁的通孔或者贯穿第一凸起的两个侧壁的通孔;也可以是,第二凹槽115为非贯穿孔。
在一个例子中,第一凸起121和第一凹槽114通过粘结剂进行粘结。例如,在第一凹槽114内设置有粘结剂。在装配状态下,粘结剂粘接将第一凸起121和第一凹槽114固定在一起,从而实现罩杯12和软胶部分的连接以及密封。粘结剂例如是但不限于聚丙烯酸树脂、聚氨酯胶粘剂、合成胶粘剂、UV粘合剂等。粘结剂采用点胶、手涂、喷涂、滚涂、压力浸胶、真空浸胶等方式涂覆到第一凹槽114和/或第一凸起121上。
进一步地,软胶部分11和罩杯12之间还可以采用表面处理工艺,以增加二者之间的粘接力。表面处理工艺例如是但不限于等离子处理、模内装饰技术(IMD)、UV老化处理、表面拉丝处理、电镀等。
可选地,软胶部分11和罩杯12的材料为能够在注塑模具内粘接的材料。例如,采用二次注塑或双色模工艺成型,以将软胶部分11和罩杯12连接在一起。在一个例子中,罩杯12为聚碳酸酯材料(PC),软胶部分为能够与聚碳酸酯材料粘接的硅胶、TPE、TPU等材质。在成型时,PC材料的罩杯12先进行注塑模具内液态成型,随后再二次注塑硅胶、TPE、TPU等材质,以在罩杯12上形成软胶部分11。在固化后,罩杯12与软胶部分11固定在一起。由于软胶部分11的材料和罩杯12的材料之间能形成良好的粘接力,故软胶部分11能够与罩杯12紧密粘接,使得衬垫组件1具有高的结构强度和良好的密封性能。
在一个例子中,软胶部分11与罩杯12采用二次注塑或双色模工艺进行成型。软胶部分11和罩杯12中的一个首先被注塑成型。在软胶部分11的用于连接的部位或罩杯12的用于连接的部位形成有铰接孔。在二次注塑过程中,注塑料进入铰接孔中。在固化后,软胶部分11的用于连接的部位与罩杯12的用于连接的部位铰接在一起。通过这种方式,软胶部分11和罩杯12的结合强度更高,二者的连接更牢固,衬垫组件1的整体结构强度更高。
例如,在罩杯12上设置有铰接孔123。对罩杯12进行二次注塑,从而形成软胶部分11。在二次注塑过程中,注塑料流经铰接孔123。在注塑料固化后形成过孔116。铰接孔123和过孔116相互铰接在一起,从而使得罩杯12和软胶部分11相互连接。在该例子中,罩杯12与软胶部分11连接强度取决于软胶部分11和罩杯12材料的强度。如果要破坏二者的连接,需要罩杯12材料和/或软胶部分11材料断裂。
这种方式使得软胶部分11和罩杯12的连接强度更可靠,密封性也更优。
此外,采用二次注塑工艺不需要考虑软胶部分11的材料与罩杯12材料之间的粘接力,因此,材料的可选择性更广。
当然,在其他示例中软胶部分11的和罩杯12材料相互之间的粘结力强,这使得衬垫组件1具有更加良好的连接强度和密封性能。
<四、框架>
负压腔室外为大气压强。经抽真空后,负压腔室内的压强小于外界大气压强。这样,负压 腔室内、外存在压强差。压强差使得衬垫组件1吸附在患者皮肤上。然而,负压腔室内的气压是不稳定的。例如,患者头部的移动、喉部肌肉的收缩等都易引起衬垫组件1与患者皮肤之间出现泄漏,造成负压腔室内气压发生变化。
因此,需要提供一种应用于负压治疗装置的固定装置,以保持衬垫组件1的位置稳定。固定装置通常包括框架2和头带5。在使用时,固定装置将衬垫组件1稳定在患者下颌、脖颈处,保证了负压腔室的稳定性。
本公开实施例提供了一种应用于负压治疗装置的框架2。框架2支撑在衬垫组件1的外侧,并与头带连接,以为衬垫组件1提供支撑力,保证负压腔室内气压的稳定性。
该框架2包括框架主体21和固定接口22。例如,在框架主体21上开设有固定接口22、第二安装孔23。固定接口22用于与头带5连接。固定接口22对称地分布在框架主体21的两侧。例如,固定接口22为二个或者四个。固定接口22的一侧设置有第一柱体221。头带5从固定接口穿过并绕过第一柱体221,通过第一柱体221与框架2形成连接。可选地,第一柱体221可以是但不限于棱柱、圆柱等。
在框架主体21的中部形成第二安装孔23。第二安装孔23为圆孔、方孔或者其他多边形孔。第二安装孔23与安装凸起14接触配合。在使用时,第二安装孔23套设在衬垫组件1的安装凸起14外,从而使得框架2能对衬垫组件1形成束缚。弯管3从第一安装孔13和第二安装孔23伸出。
进一步地,第二安装孔23设置有止转装置231。例如,止转装置231为止转凸起、止转凹槽等。例如,第二安装孔23设置有止转凹槽。在安装凸起14上设置有止转凸起。止转凸起卡入止转凹槽内,从而形成止转配合。也可以是,第二安装孔23设置有止转凸起。在安装凸起14上设置有止转凹槽。这样,同样能形成止转配合。
可选地,框架2有硬质材料制备而成,硬质材料可以是但不限于塑料、金属、陶瓷、玻璃等。塑料可以是但不限于PC、PP、PA等材料。可以采用注塑的方式一体形成框架主体21,同时在框架主体21上形成第二安装孔23、固定接口22、第一柱体221、止转装置231等结构。
在一个例子中,固定接口22的数量大于2个。在使用时,多个固定接口22与头带5连接,以共同形成负压治疗装置的固定装置。例如,固定接口22的数量为4个,如图6B所示。
具体地,固定接口22包括第一固定接口22A和第二固定接口22B。第一固定接口22A和第二固定接口22B均为两个,并且两个第一固定接口22A相对于第二安装孔23对称地设置,两个第二固定接口22B相对于第二安装孔23对称地设置。两个第一固定接口22A位于两个第二固定接口22B上方。位于同侧的第一固定接口22A与第二固定接口22B相间隔。
在使用时,两个第一固定接口22A和两个第二固定接口22B分别与头带5的不同部位连接。
在该例子中,两个第一固定接口22A的位置靠近患者下颌处。两个第二固定接口22B的位置靠近患者脖颈处。在与头带5连接后,框架2在四个位置对衬垫组件1形成束紧力,从而使得衬垫组件1与患者的密封更紧密,有效地避免了由于患者头部的移动、喉部肌肉的收缩等引起负压腔室内漏气现象的发生。
在一个例子中,如图6C所示,框架2还包括有连接臂24。连接臂24与框架主体21连接。连接臂24呈条带状结构。连接臂24向外延伸出框架主体21。在连接臂24末端开设置有固定接口22和第一柱体221。连接臂24能相对于框架主体21摆动、变形,从而能够动态调整头带5与连接臂24的位置。通过设置连接臂24,当患者佩戴负压面罩组件时,负压面罩组件可以随着患者脖颈处的运动(头部运动、脖颈肌肉运动等)动态调整固定接口22的位置,从而降低了患者脖颈处的运动对于衬垫组件1与患者皮肤的密封位置的影响,提高了于负压腔室密封的稳定性。
进一步地,连接臂24为扁平状的薄壁结构,具有设定的硬度和柔,例如,连接臂24的材质为PP、PA等。薄壁结构使得连接臂24在其厚度方向可以弯折,变形,并具有一定的弹性。
优选地,多条连接臂24对称的分布在框架主体21的两侧。通过这种方式,连接臂24与头带5形成的结构更稳定。
此外,头带5和框架2对衬垫组件1的束紧力更均衡。
在一个具体的例子中,如图6C所示,连接臂24为四个,四个连接臂24两两对称连接在框架主体21上。固定接口22为四个。四个固定接口22分别设置在四个连接臂24的末端。其中两个连接臂24对称的设置于框架主体21的上侧,用于将两个第一固定接口22A的位置向远离框架主体21的方向延伸。另外两个连接臂24对称的设置于框架主体21的下侧,用于将两个第二固定接口22B的位置向远离框架主体21的方向延伸(未示出)。这种设置方式使得患者头部具有更大的活动空间,并且能保证在患者头部移动过程中保持良好的密封效果。
优选地,连接臂24的外侧有一层柔性套(未示出)。柔性套由柔性材料制成。柔性套包裹 或附着在连接臂24的外侧。柔性套具有良好的触感,能够提升患者佩戴的舒适性。柔性材料可以是纺织材料。例如,纺织材料为天然的棉花、羽绒、蚕丝等材料。柔性材料也可以是由天然材料或人造纤维通过编织、针织、涂布、钩编或粘合等方式形成的纺织材料。柔性套可以为单层纺织材料,也可以为多层纺织材料。柔性套还可以是上述多种防止材料和非纺织材料形成的多层纺织品。非纺织材料可以是聚氨酯泡沫材料等。柔性套也可以为包含塑胶材料的纺织物,例如,尼龙和聚酯混合物、尼龙和氨纶混合物、聚酯和氨纶混合物、尼龙与聚酯和氨纶混合物、微纤维或聚氨酯的混合物等。
<五、弯管和软管>
本公开实施例提供了一种应用于负压治疗装置的弯管3。如图7A、图7B所示,弯管3为中空的管道结构。弯管3构成负压通气气路的一部分。弯管3连接在衬垫组件1和抽气管道6之间,并可以提供一定的旋转自由度和/或摆动自由度,以降低抽气管道6的摆动或拖拽对于负压腔室气密性的影响。
在一个例子中,如图7A、图7B所示,弯管3包括第一接口31、弯管主体32和第二接口33。第一接口31可装配连接在框架2上,也可以装配连接于衬垫组件1上。
例如,第一接口31可以为球头结构,如图7A所示。在装配时,球头结构与衬垫组件1或框架2形成球面连接。球面连接使得弯管2相对于衬垫组件1或框架2,以球面副的形式,构成转动和摆动2个自由度。
也可以是,第一接口31也可以为柱面结构,如图7B所示。在装配时柱面结构与衬垫组件1或框架2形成柱面连接。柱面连接允许弯管2相对于衬垫组件1或框架2以柱面副的形式构成转动自由度。
第二接口33可以装配连接于软管4,也可以装配连接于抽气管道6。如图7A所示,第二接口33可以为公头结构。在装配时,软管4或抽气管道6套设在第二接口33的外侧。当然,第二接口33也可以为母头结构,如图7B所示。在装配时,软管4或抽气管道6插入到第二接口33的内侧。
进一步的,第二接口33与软管4或抽气管道6之间的连接方式可以为柱面副连接,以构成转动自由度。软管4或抽气管道6能相对于弯管3转动。通过这种方式,能够降低抽气管道6的摆动或拖拽对于弯管3的影响,以及上述摆动或者拖拽对于负压腔室的气密性的影响。
本公开实施例提供了一种应用于负压治疗装置的软管4。例如,软管4为柔性材质构成的管道。可选地,软管4也可以为波纹管。软管4构成负压通气气路的一部分。软管4能够在使用过程中弯折、变形。
在一个例子中,如图7C、7D所示,软管4包括第三接口41、弯管主体42和第四接口43。第三接口41可以直接装配连接于框架2或衬垫组件1上;也可以装配连接在弯管3上。上述连接的连接方式可以为柱面连接,以形成转动自由度。还可以是,第四接口43连接在抽气管道6或者负压源7上。同样地,第四接口4与抽气管道6或负压源7的连接方式也可以是柱面连接。
优选地,还包括中间件8,如图7C所示。中间件8位于框架2和弯管3之间或者位于框架2和软管4之间。
可选地,中间件8、弯管3、框架2、软管4之间的装配连接结构方式,可以是但不限于以下几种实施例:
负压治疗装置包括衬垫组件1、框架2、弯管3、抽气导管6和负压源7。其中,弯管3连接在框架2和抽气导管6之间。
负压治疗装置包括衬垫组件1、框架2、软管4、抽气导管6和负压源7。其中,软管4连接在框架2和抽气导管6之间。
负压治疗装置包括衬垫组件1、框架2、弯管3、抽气导管6、负压源7和中间件8。其中,弯管3通过中间件8连接在框架2和抽气导管6之间。
负压治疗装置包括衬垫组件1、框架2、软管4、抽气导管6、负压源7和中间件8。其中,软管4通过中间件8连接在框架2和抽气导管6之间。
负压治疗装置包括衬垫组件1、框架2、弯管3、软管4、抽气导管6和负压源7。其中,弯管3连接在框架2和软管4之间。软管4与抽气导管6相连。
负压治疗装置包括衬垫组件1、框架2、弯管3、软管4、抽气导管6、负压源7和中间件8。其中,弯管3通过中间件8连接在框架2和软管4之间。软管4与抽气导管6相连。
<六、弯管和/或软管、框架、衬垫组件的连接方式>
本公开实施例提供了一种应用于负压治疗装置的衬垫组件1、框架2、弯管3以及软管4等部件之间的连接方式。上述各个部件之间的连接方式可以是但不限于超声焊接、激光焊接、高周波熔接、粘接等连接方式。
优选地,衬垫组件1、框架2、弯管3以及软管4采用可拆卸连接的方式,通过这种方式,某个部件可以从整机上拆卸下来,以方便清洗和更换。
在一个例子中,如图8B所示,衬垫组件1装配连接于框架2上。弯管3连接于衬垫组件1上。
具体地,衬垫组件具有安装凸起14,如图1和图4A所示。安装凸起14卡接在框架2的第二安装孔23内,如图8A-图8B所示。衬垫组件1上设置有凸起或凹槽。凸起或凹槽与框架2的止转装置231(如图6A-图6C所示)形成止转配合,以防止衬垫组件1和框架2之间的相对转动。
弯管3的第一接口31,装配于衬垫组件1的第一安装孔13(如图1-图5D所示)内。其中,弯管3与衬垫组件1之间的连接,可以为柱面连接,也可以为球面连接。
在另一个例子中,如图8C所示,框架2装配连接于衬垫组件1上。第二安装孔23具有向内延伸的环形凸起。环形凸起嵌入安装凸起14内。弯管3连接于框架2上。
如图1、图5D所示,安装凸起14内设置有凸起或凹槽,以与在衬垫组件1和/或框架2之间设置止转配合。弯管3的第一接口31装配于框架2的第二安装孔23内。第一接口31与第二安装孔23的连接,可以为柱面连接,也可以是球面连接。
在另一个例子中,如图8D所示,衬垫组件1装配连接于框架2上。第一安装孔13与第二安装孔23连通,以共同围成通道。框架2设置在安装凸起14外。弯管3连接于第一安装孔13和第二安装孔23内。
具体地,衬垫组件1的安装凸起14卡接在框架2上。在衬垫组件1和框架2之间形成止转配合,以防止二者之间的相对转动。衬垫组件1的第一安装孔13和框架2的第二安装孔23共同形成了与弯管3的第一接口31连接的安装孔位。在装配时,弯管3的第一接口31,同时装配于第一安装孔13和第二安装孔23内。弯管3与衬垫组件1和框架2之间的连接,可以为柱面连接,也可以是球面连接。
在其他示例中,上述实施例中的弯管3替换为软管4,如图12D所示。在该例子中,软管4与衬垫组件1、框架2之间的连接方式采用与图8A--图8D中弯管3与衬垫组件1、框架2之间的连接方式,在此不再赘述。
在其他示例中,弯管3和/或软管4还可以通过中间件8与衬垫组件1和/或框架2的连接。中间件8的结构如图7所示。
优选的,弯管3和/或软管4与衬垫组件1和/或框架2可拆卸地连接。
例如,上述的柱面连接或者球面连接均设置成可拆卸的连接。在弯管3和/或软管4发生损坏时,可以将弯管3和/或软管4从衬垫组件1和/或框架2上拆卸下来,以进行更换,从而防止衬垫组件1、框架2等报废。在弯管3和/或软管4脏污时,可以将弯管3和/或软管4从衬垫组件1和/或框架2上拆卸下来,以进行清洗。在患者需要中断治疗时,可以将弯管3和/或软管4从衬垫组件1和/或框架2上拆卸下来,而不需要将整个负压治疗装置从患者脖颈处取下,这样能有效地避免衬垫组件1由于反复拆除,导致密封性能不良。在需要更换或者增、减弯管3和/或软管4上的部件时,可以将弯管3和/或软管4从衬垫组件1和/或框架2上拆卸下来,以便于操作。
<七、凹槽>
本公开实施例提供了另一种应用于负压治疗装置的衬垫组件1。该衬垫组件1包括软胶部分11、罩杯12、第一安装孔13。在罩杯12和/或软胶部分11上设置有由负压腔室向外凸出的凹槽15。在头部运动时,头部会对衬垫组件1进行挤压、拉伸。在挤压过程中,罩杯12容易发生挤压形变或拉伸形变。上述形变能够减弱头部运动的力传递到软胶部分11,从而减小密封点C的移动,从而使得负压腔室的密封更稳定,降低了漏气的风险。
此外,虽然负压源7可以动态补偿因负压腔室体积改变而引起的负压值的变化。但是,当发生头部运动和/或喉部肌肉运动(例如吞咽动作)时,负压源7的抽气需经过抽气管道6的远距离传递,方能作用于负压腔室,因此,无法实时调整负压腔室的负压值。在头部运动的瞬间,负压源7的动态补偿无法实时到位。负压腔室的气压与负压腔室的体积大小成反比例。也就是说,负压腔室的体积突然增大,则负压腔室的气压将突然减小;负压腔室的体积突然减小,则负压腔室的气压将突然增大。在该例子中,罩杯12上设置有凹槽15。凹槽15能够在头部运动(例如点 头动作、摇头动作)和/或喉部肌肉运动(例如,吞咽动作)时,实时地动态补偿负压腔室的体积,进而减小负压腔室内气压值的变化,进一步保证了负压腔室的稳定性,减小漏气的风险。
例如,凹槽15为软胶材料制成,在头部运动时,可以发生拉伸或挤压变形。软胶材料可以是但不限于橡胶、硅胶。
在一个例子中,如图9A-图9C所示,软胶部分11和罩杯12为同种软胶材料。软胶部分11和罩杯12一体成型。凹槽15设置于罩杯12上。例如,凹槽15的凹陷方向为远离负压腔室的方向,并沿着水平的方向延伸。凹槽15成轴对称设置,也可以成非对称设置。
当患者出现点头运动时,患者下颌位置将在竖直方向上移动。图9B和图9C分别展示了点头运动时,患者下颌在高位、低位时凹槽15的状态。具体地,当患者下颌在高位时,如图9B所示,凹槽15处于拉伸形变状态,负压腔室容积较大;当患者下颌在低位时,如图9C所示,凹槽15处于压缩形变状态,负压腔室容积较小。
由于凹槽15状态变化吸收了点头运动过程中的软胶部分11的变形,故在点头运动的过程中,密封点C的位置没有移动,从而避免了密封点C的移动导致密封失效,保证了负压腔室的密封稳定性。
优选地,凹槽15设置于罩杯12的靠近患者下颌的位置。通过这种方式能有效地吸收患者下颌的移动造成的软胶部分11的形变。
进一步地,凹槽15的宽度在水平方向由中部向两侧逐渐减小。凹槽15在水平方向的中部与患者下颌的中部相对。在患者点头过程中,下颌的中部位置位移最大,由中部位置向两侧位移逐渐减小。在该例子中,根据患者下颌不同部位的位移量设置凹槽15的宽度,避免了凹槽15各个部位材料的不均衡。
在点头运动的过程中,凹槽15能够实时调整负压腔室容积。当患者下颌从高位向低位移动时,负压腔室容积减小。此时,凹槽15向外膨胀,以动态弥补一部分负压腔室的体积的减小量,防止负压腔室内压力值的突然急剧增大。当患者下颌从低位向高位移动时,负压腔室容积增大。此时,凹槽15向靠近内塌陷,以动态减小负压腔室的体积的增加量,防止负压腔室内气压的急剧降低。通过这种方式,凹槽15保证了负压腔室的稳定性,降低了漏气的风险。
在另一个例子中,凹槽15向外凹陷,并且沿着竖直方向延伸。优选地,凹槽15设置于衬垫组件1的左侧和/或右侧。
如图9D所示,软胶部分11和罩杯12均为同种软胶材料。软胶部分11和罩杯12一体成型,例如通过注塑方式一体成型。凹槽15设置于罩杯12上。例如,凹槽15设置于罩杯12的左、右两侧。两个凹槽15对称。当患者出现摇头运动时,凹槽15会随之发生拉伸形变或压缩形变,从而避免了摇头时的力传递到软胶部分11,减小了密封点C的移动,防止了密封点C处的密封失效,保证了负压腔室的稳定性。
此外,凹槽15能实时的动态补偿负压腔室容积,弥补摇头运动时负压腔室内气压的急剧变化。进一步保证了负压腔室的稳定性。
在其他示例中,凹槽15也可以同时设置于罩杯12上靠近患者下颌的部位以及罩杯12的左、右两侧。通过这种方式,可同时保证患者点头运动和摇头运动时的负压腔室的稳定性。
在其他示例中,凹槽15为一个。该凹槽15环绕第一安装孔13一周设置。该凹槽15能吸收患者头部朝任意方向的移动。
在其他示例中,凹槽15为多个。多个凹槽15围绕第一安装孔13设置。该凹槽15同样能吸收患者头部朝任意方向的移动。
在一个例子中,如图9F所示,凹槽15设置在罩杯12上。凹槽15的凹陷方向为朝向负压腔室的内侧凹陷。凹槽15的位置为靠近安装凸起14的位置。在该例子中,凹槽15能吸收患者低头引起的罩杯12的形变。
在一个例子中,如图9G所示,凹槽15设置有多个,例如三个。其中凹槽15中由负压腔室向外凹陷。另外一个凹槽15朝向负压腔室内侧凹陷,该凹槽15位于两个向外凹陷的凹槽之间。通过这种方式,多个凹槽15能更有效地吸收患者低头引起的罩杯12的形变,避免软胶部分11与患者皮肤形成的密封被破坏。
在一个例子中,如图9G所示,在靠近安装凸起14的位置设置有由负压腔室向外凹陷的凹槽15。在靠近软胶部分11的位置设置有朝向负压腔室内侧凹陷的凹槽15。该两个凹槽15能更有效地吸收患者低头引起的罩杯12的形变,避免软胶部分11与患者皮肤形成的密封被破坏。
在一个例子中,如图9H所示,在靠近安装凸起14的位置设置有朝向负压腔室内侧凹陷的凹槽15。在靠近软胶部分11的位置设置由负压腔室向外凹陷的凹槽15。该两个凹槽15能更有效 地吸收患者低头引起的罩杯12的形变,避免软胶部分11与患者皮肤形成的密封被破坏。
在一个例子中,凹槽15被配置为在患者进行头部运动过程中,能发生局部翻折。如图9K所示,在正常状态下,凹槽15位于图9K中实线所示的位置。在患者点头时,凹槽15能够向下移动。例如移动至图9K中的虚线位置。通过凹槽15的局部翻折,能够有效地吸收患者点头时衬垫组件1收到的下压力,从而避免了软胶部分11在患者的皮肤上移动,减少了泄漏的发生。例如通过控制凹槽15的不同部位的厚度来实现凹槽15的局部翻折。
具体地,软胶部分11和罩杯12均为同种软胶材料一体成型,凹槽15设置于罩杯12上。凹槽15的边缘与罩杯12接触的部位形成第一弯折部151。在凹槽15的底部形成第二弯折部152。第一弯折部151的厚度比第二弯折部152的厚度小。因此,在受到外力时,第一弯折部151相比于第二弯折部152更容易发生形变。当患者发生头部运动时,第一弯折部151的位置将会发生移动,从而引起凹槽15的翻折。
图9I至图9K示出了不同结构的第一弯折部151的翻折位置和方向。
在一个例子中,如图9I所示,第一弯折部151与软胶部分11连接。第一弯折部151由负压腔室外向负压腔室内凹陷。第二弯折部152与安装凸起14连接。第二弯折部152由负压腔室内向外凹陷。第一弯折部151位于第二弯折部152的外侧。第一弯折部151的厚度小于第二弯折部152的厚度。
具体地,凹槽15设置于罩杯12上靠近患者下颌的位置。当患者出现点头运动时,下颌位置将在竖直方向上移动。图9M和图9N分别展示了点头运动时,患者下颌在高位和低位时第一弯折部151和第二弯折部152的状态位置。当患者下颌在高位时(如图9M所示),凹槽15未发生翻折,负压腔室的容积较大。当患者下颌在低位时(如图9N所示),第二弯折部152的位置不变。由于第一弯折部151厚度较薄,故在负压腔室的内侧向下翻折,负压腔室的容积减小。通过这种方式,在点头运动的过程中,密封点C的位置没有移动,从而能够防止密封点C处的密封失效导致负压腔室漏气,保证了负压腔室的稳定性。
此外,在点头运动的过程中,第一弯折部151的翻折能够实时调整负压腔室容积。具体地,当患者下颌从高位(如图9M所示)至低位(如图9N所示)移动时,负压腔室容积减小。此时,凹槽15向远离负压腔室的方向膨胀,以动态弥补负压腔室容积的减小量,防止负压腔室内压力的急剧增大。当患者下颌从低位(如图9N所示)至高位(如图9M所示)移动时,负压腔室容积增大。此时,凹槽15由负压腔室外向内翻折,以动态减小负压腔室容积的增加量,防止负压腔室内气压的急剧降低。通过上述方式,能保证负压腔室的稳定性,降低了负压腔室漏气的风险。
在一个例子中,如图9J所示,第一弯折部151与安装凸起14连接。第一弯折部151由负压腔室内向外凹陷。第二弯折部152与软胶部分11连接。第二弯折部152由负压腔室外侧向内凹陷。第一弯折部151位于第二弯折部152外侧。第一弯折部151的厚度小于第二弯折部152的厚度。当发生头部运动时,第一弯折部151朝负压腔室的外侧,向上翻折。
在一个例子中,如图9K所示,第一弯折部151与软胶部分11连接。第一弯折部151由负压腔室内向外凹陷。第二弯折部152与安装凸起14连接。第二弯折部152由负压腔室外先负压腔室内凹陷。第一弯折部151位于第二弯折部152的外侧。第一弯折部151的厚度小于第二弯折部152的厚度。在该例子中,当患者的头部运动时,第一弯折部151朝负压腔室的外侧,向下翻折。
第四种实施例,如图9L所示,第一弯折部151与安装凸起14连接。第一弯折部151由负压腔室外向负压腔室内凹陷。第二弯折部152与软胶部分11连接。第二弯折部152由负压腔室内向外凹陷。第一弯折部151位于第二弯折部152内侧。第一弯折部151的厚度小于第二弯折部152的厚度。当发生头部运动时,第一弯折部151朝负压腔室的内侧,向上翻折。
当然,第一弯折部151和第二弯折部152的数量在此不做限定,本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要进行设置。
<八、头带>
根据本公开的一个实施例,提供了一种头带,用于负压通气装置。头带包括:头带主体以及多个连接带。
头带主体被构造为覆盖患者的头顶以及枕骨。头带主体的中部为镂空结构。连接带的一端与头带主体的边缘连接。至少一个连接带与头带主体连接的部位位于患者耳部后方。多个连接带朝向患者下颌处延伸。多个连接带相对于头带主体对称设置。在至少一个连接带上设置有头带固定结构54。连接带的另一端弯折后与头带固定结构54连接。头带固定结构54被构造为调节连接带的长度。头带固定结构54用于与负压面罩连接。
具体来说,头带由纺织材料制成。例如,棉花、羽绒、蚕丝制成的纺织材料等。也可以是,头带由天然材料或人造纤维通过编织、针织、涂布、钩编或粘合等工艺制备而成的纺织品。
还可以是,头带为复合材料,即包括多层材料。例如,纺织材料层、非纺织材料层等。非纺织材料例如是开孔式聚氨酯泡沫等。
在其他示例中,头带的材料包括塑胶材料,例如,尼龙和聚酯混合物,尼龙和氨纶混合物,聚酯和氨纶混合物,尼龙、聚酯和氨纶混合物,微纤维和聚氨酯的混合物等。
当然,头带的材料不限于上述实施例,本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要进行选择。
头带主体覆盖患者的头顶以及枕骨。这种方式使得头带主体能为负压面罩组件提供来自于多个方向的束缚力,从而满足负压面罩组件的密封要求。
头带主体的中部为镂空结构。这样,头带主体呈环形结构。由于头带主体的中部是镂空的,故能够根据不同患者的头型进行适配,这使得头带主体的适用性高。
此外,头带主体的中部为镂空结构,便于患者头顶的通气。
连接带用于将头带主体与负压面罩组件连接,从而使得负压面罩组件能密封在患者的下颌以及脖颈处。连接带的一端与头带主体的边缘连接,例如,通过缝合、一体编织等方式进行连接。
在该例子中,至少一个连接带与头带主体连接的部位位于患者耳部后方。该连接带经由耳部后方与负压面罩组件进行连接。如图10A所示,连接带朝向患者下颌处延伸,从而便于与负压面罩组件连接。多个连接带相对于头带对称设置,这样能保证负压面罩组件不同部位的受力均衡。
在该例子中,连接带的另一端穿过头带固定结构54,并进行弯折。通过该头带固定结构54来调节连接带的有效长度。
如图10A所示,头带主体包括第一子带51和第二子带52。其中,第一子带51经过患者头顶。第二子带52经过患者的枕骨。第一子带51的两端分别和第二子带52的两端连接。第一连接带53与第一子带51、第二子带52连接。第一连接带53与头带主体在第一连接部位55连接。第一连接部位55位于患者耳部后方。通过这种方式,第一连接带53能对负压面罩组件提供向上的力,该力使得负压面罩组件与患者密封良好。
此外,向上的力使得患者头顶承受负压面罩组件的重量,相比于患者头部其他部位承受负压面罩组件的重力,患者佩戴的舒适性能显著提高。
如图10A所示,第一子带51和第二子带52在第一连接部位55进行连接。这样,第一连接带53、第一子带51和第二子带52在第一连接部位55连接。这使得头带的结构变得简单。
此外,第一子带51和第一连接带53的延伸方向相一致,这使得负压面罩的重量通过第一连接带53和第一子带51作用的患者头顶。
在一个例子中,在连接带上设置有快拆结构9。快拆结构9具有卡钩91。卡钩91用于与负压面罩组件可拆卸地连接。
例如,两条第一连接带53相对于第一子带51对称设置。两条第一连接带53的另一端与快拆结构9连接。如图11A-图11B所示,快拆结构9的一端设置有条形孔92。第一连接带53穿过该条形孔92,并被弯折后与头带固定结构54连接。头带固定结构54将弯折后的第一连接带53进行固定。例如,头带固定结构54包括卡槽和多个凸起。多个凸起沿第一连接带53的长度方向间隔设置。卡槽设置在第一连接带53的端部。第一连接带53弯折后根据需要与不同的凸起卡接,从而调节第一连接带53的有效长度。
如图10A、图11A和图11B所示,负压面罩组件包括衬垫组件1、弯管3以及框架2。弯管3与衬垫组件1连接。框架2套设在弯管3外,并位于衬垫组件1前方。在框架2的左、右两侧设置有固定接口22。固定接口22的一侧设置有第一柱体221。快拆结构9的另一端设置有卡钩91。卡钩91钩挂在第一柱体221上。卡钩91能迅速地从第一柱体221上拆卸下来,从而方便患者进行其他活动。
如图11B所示,快拆结构9包括快拆主体和卡钩91。快拆主体的一端设置有条形孔92,另一端连接有卡钩91。在快拆主体的侧部设置有防滑凸起94,以便于操作者握持。连接带穿过条形孔92后反向弯折,并通过头带固定结构54进行固定。卡钩91与固定接口22的第一柱体221连接。卡钩91能绕第一柱体221转动。在卡钩91的内侧设置有防脱凸起93。防脱凸起93能对第一柱体221形成干涉,从而防止第一柱体221与卡钩91脱离。
优选地,第一柱体221和卡钩91为磁性材料,并且能够相互吸引。通过该磁性材料的磁吸作用使得第一柱体221和卡钩91的连接变得容易。当然,也可以是,第一主体和卡钩91中的一个为磁性材料,另一个为铁、钴或镍等能被磁吸的金属材料。这样,同样能够实现第一主体和卡钩91的连接。
当患者正常使用负压通气装置进行治疗时,遇到需要中断治疗的情况,例如,患者需要去卫生间,患者需要进行医疗检查,负压发生装置出现机械故障导致的负压面罩组件内气压的突然性变化,患者突然出现应激性反应时,通过快拆结构9能迅速地将负压面罩组件和头带从患者头部移除,从而为患者提供了方便。
在其他示例中,快拆结构9为磁吸式连接,例如,快拆结构9包括相互磁吸的两个部分,其中一部分与第一连接带53连接,另一部分与框架2连接。在相互靠近时,第一连接带53通过磁吸的方式与框架2连接在一起。患者遇到紧急情况时,随时能够将快拆结构9的两个部分分离。
在一个例子中,在头带主体的同一侧设置有两个连接带。两个连接带中的一个位于患者耳部后方,另一个位于患者耳部前方。
如图10B,图10C所示,第一连接带53位于患者耳部后方。第二连接带58由头带主体的位于患者头顶的部位引出。第二连接带58朝向患者下颌方向延伸,并且经过患者耳部前方。
这样,第二连接带58和第一连接带53分别经由患者耳部的前、后方到达负压面罩组件,例如均与框架2连接。这使得负压面罩组件的重量分散在两个连接带上,从而避免了患者头定局部受力过大导致头带的佩戴舒适感降低。
此外,第一连接带53和第二连接带58使得患者头顶的受力更均衡。
需要说明的是,第一连接带53和第二连接带58均设置有两条。两条第一连接带53以及两条第二连接带58相对于第一子带51对称设置。
在一个例子中,两个连接带位于患者耳部下方的部分连接在一起。在两个连接带连接的部分设置有一个头带固定结构54。
如图10B所示,第一连接带53和第二连接带58在患者耳部下方连接在一起。第一连接带53和第二连接带58连接的部分530穿过快拆结构9的条形孔并弯折后通过头带固定结构54进行固定。
在该例子中,由于两个连接带连接在一起,故通过一个连接结构,例如快拆结构9,即可实现与负压面罩组件,例如框架2的连接。这使得头带的连接变得容易。
在其他示例中,如图10C所示,两条连接带并列设置,并且分别与负压面罩组件,例如框架2连接。第一连接带53连接有快拆结构9。通过快拆结构9与框架2的第一固定接口22A连接。第二连接带58直接与框架2的第二固定接口22B连接。在第一连接带53和第二连接带58上均设置有头带固定结构54,以便于调整第一连接带53和第二连接带58的有效长度。
在该例子中,由于两条连接带并列设置,故能够根据患者的头部结构分别调整两条连接带的长度,从而使得头带的佩戴更舒适。
在一个例子中,如图10D所示,位于患者耳部前方连接带与头带主体的连接部位位于患者耳部上方。第一连接带53的与头带主体连接的部位(例如第一连接部位55)于患者的耳部后方。第二连接带58的与头带主体连接的部位(例如第二连接部位59)位于患者耳部的上方。
如图10D所示,头带主体呈环形结构。头带主体包括第一子带51、第二子带52和第三子带56。第一子带51位于第二子带52和第三子带56之间。第一子带51的一端与第二子带52的一端在第一连接部位55连接。第一子带51的另一端与第三子带56在第二连接部位59连接。第一子带51为两条,并且相对于第二子带52对称设置。第二子带52与第三子带56相对设置。第二子带52位于患者的枕骨位置。第三子带56位于患者的头顶位置。第一连接带53在第一连接部位55与第一子带51、第二子带52连接。第二连接带58在第二连接部位59与第一子带51、第三子带56连接。
在该例子中,由于第二连接部位59位于患者耳部上方,故能够为负压面罩组件前方提供足够的拉力。第一连接部位55位于患者耳部后方,故能够为负压面罩组件的后方提供足够的拉力。这样,负压面罩组件与患者之间的密封效果更加良好。
在一个例子中,头带主体呈梯形或者三角形。如图10E所示,头带主体呈梯形,例如等腰梯形。第三子带56为上底。第二子带52为下底。两条第一子带51为梯形的腰。该梯形的上底比下底长。
在其他示例中,头带主体呈三角形,例如正三角形或者倒三角形。
上述形状使得头带主体与患者头部的接触面积大。患者头部受到的力更均匀,这使得头带的佩戴舒适性更好。
当然,在其他示例中,头带主体也可以呈其他形状。
在一个例子中,头带主体包括首尾连接在一起的四条子带。四条子带围成四边形。多个连接带由其中相对的两条子带的两端向外延伸而成。
如图10E所示,两条第一连接带53由第二子带52的两端向外延伸而成。两条第二连接带58由第三子带56的两端向外延伸而成。两条第一连接带53与第二子带52的走向一致。两条第二连接带58与第三子带56的走向一致。
通过这种方式,两条第一连接带53受到的力能直接传递到第二子带52上;两条第二连接带58受到的力能直接传递到第三子带56上,从而避免了在束紧负压面罩组件时,头带由于手里不均衡而发生形变。
此外,负压面罩组件的束紧力能直接传递到第一子带51和第三子带56,这样,负压面罩组件能更容易地与患者的皮肤形成密封。
在一个例子中,四条子带中的至少一条设置有伸缩结构。
伸缩结构能改变其所在子带的长度。例如,如图10E所示,在第二子带52上设置有伸缩结构。第二子带52被分成两部分。伸缩结构包括连接框k01和上述的头带固定结构54。连接框k01呈日字形或者口字形。两部分中的一个与连接框k01固定连接,另一个穿过连接框k01后进行弯折,并通过上述的头带固定结构54进行固定。通过伸缩结构能够根据患者头部的形状调整子带的长度,以便于患者舒适地佩戴头带。
在其他示例中,伸缩结构也可以设置在四条子带上。当然,伸缩结构不限于上述实施例,本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要进行设置。
在一个例子中,在头带主体的与患者头顶相对的部位设置有透气层57。
如图10B-图10C所示,例如,透气层57为塑料、硅胶、橡胶等材料。在透气层57上设置有陈列排布的通孔。通孔能使得外部空气与患者头顶接触,避免了长期佩戴时,患者头顶出现红肿、溃疡等现象。
当然,透气层57的材质不限于上述实施例,本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要进行设置。
根据本公开的另一个实施例,提供了一种负压通气装置。该负压通气装置包括负压面罩组件和上述的头带,负压面罩组件与头带连接。
如图10A、图11A、图11B所示,负压面罩组件包括衬垫组件1、弯管3以及框架2。弯管3与衬垫组件1连接。框架2套设在弯管3外,并位于衬垫组件1前方。在框架2的左、右两侧设置有固定接口22。固定接口22的一侧设置有第一柱体221。快拆结构9的另一端设置有卡钩91。卡钩91钩挂在第一柱体221上。
该负压通气装置具有密封效果良好,佩戴舒适的特点。
<九、自密封装置>
由于负压治疗装置的负压腔室内的压强小于外界大气压强,外界大气会施加给衬垫组件1一个朝向患者的压力。该压力能够防止负压面罩组件从患者脖颈处脱落,保证了负压面罩组件密封的稳定性。应用负压治疗装置的头带,在使用的过程中虽然能对负压面罩组件逐渐的密封起到一定作用,但佩戴头带却增加了患者被头带包围的束缚感。为解决上述问题,本公开实施例提供了一种应用于负压治疗装置的自密封装置。
如图12A所示,应用于负压治疗装置的自密封装置包括了自粘膜T1。自粘膜T1,由生物相容性材料制成,并具有粘结性。在使用的时,自粘膜T1被粘结在患者脖颈与衬垫组件1之间。自粘膜T1的一面粘接在患者下颌、脖颈的皮肤上,另一侧粘接在衬垫组件1的外表面。通过这种方式将负压面罩组件粘接在患者的下颌、脖颈处。
具体地,如图12A,图12B所示,自粘膜T1包括第一粘性膜T11第一粘性膜T11的两个面均具有粘性涂层T2。第一粘性膜T11在中心区域形成避让孔。第一粘性膜T11的形状与衬垫组件1的软胶部分11的形状一致。在使用时,第一粘性膜T11粘接在患者脖颈的皮肤上,另一侧粘接在软胶部分11的外表面上。
可选地,自粘膜T1还包括第二粘性膜T12。第二粘性膜T12在与患者皮肤相对的一侧具有粘性涂层T2,而背离患者皮肤一次未设置粘性涂层。第二粘性膜T2围绕第一粘性膜T11位置,并与第一粘性膜T11相连。第二粘性膜的至少局部向外凸出于第一粘性膜的外边缘。第二粘性膜T12能在第一粘性膜T11的外边缘处粘接在患者皮肤上,进一步加强自粘膜T1与患者皮肤的粘接强度和密封性。
需要说明的是,人的皮肤有许多的汗毛孔,且会随人的代谢出汗或排出分泌物。汗液和分泌物都会降低自粘膜T1与患者皮肤的粘结力。患者的下颌处结构的变化大,下颌处皮肤的曲率变化大。因此,在自粘膜T1和患者皮肤之间更容易发生粘接不牢,从而引起漏气。优选地,第二粘性膜T12位于患者下颌处,如图12A所示。第二粘性膜T2能显著增加自粘膜T1与患者下颌处的 粘接强度和密封性。
可选地,自粘膜T1还包括非粘性膜T13。非粘性膜T13在与患者皮肤相对的一侧以及背离患者皮肤的一侧均未设置粘性涂层。非粘性膜T13固定工在第一粘性膜T11和/或第二粘性膜T12的边缘。非粘性膜T13作为操作人员粘贴自粘膜T1提供了拿取位置。操作人员在粘结自粘膜T1时,手部拿取非粘性膜T13进行操作。非粘性膜T13便于操作者将自粘膜T1粘结至患者脖颈处或衬垫组件1上或者从患者脖颈处或衬垫组件1去下。
为了保证医疗卫生,自粘膜T1通常为一次性使用。为了增加自粘膜T1与患者皮肤的粘接力。在粘结自粘模T1之前,还可以向患者下颌、脖颈的皮肤上涂覆药物涂层。药物涂层一方面能改善患者皮肤汗毛孔的粗糙程度,增加自粘膜T1与患者皮肤的粘接能力;另一方面,能够降低自粘膜T1的粘性涂层对于患者皮肤的刺激性,防止在长时间佩戴过程中导致湿疹等皮肤病的发生。
可选地,粘性涂层T2可以是但不限于聚丙烯酸树脂、聚氨酯胶粘剂、合成胶粘剂、UV粘合剂等。在进行粘结时可采用点胶、手涂、喷涂、滚涂、压力浸胶、真空浸胶将粘性涂层T2附着在第一粘性膜T11和/或第二粘性膜T12上。
<十、透气衬垫>
利用负压治疗装置治疗阻塞性睡眠呼吸暂停(OSA)、慢性阻塞性肺气肿(COPD)等疾病时,通常需长时间佩戴负压面罩组件。由于衬垫组件1的软胶部分11长时间压迫在患者皮肤上,故阻碍了与软胶部分11接触的皮肤正常的生理代谢。在软胶部分11与患者皮肤之间容易滋生细菌,导致红斑、压疮等皮肤疾病。产生皮肤疾病的主要原因是患者皮肤代谢产生的水蒸气因受到软胶部分11材料中的亲水分子的束缚,而无法挥发至空气中,从而导致与软胶部分11接触的皮肤长期湿润,滋生大量厌氧细菌。增加与患者皮肤接触位置软胶部分11的透气性,可大幅避免水蒸气滞留,减少细菌滋生,有效解决长期佩戴时导致的皮肤红斑、压疮。然而,透气性增加会导致软胶部分11与患者皮肤之间的密封失效。
针对上述技术问题,本公开实施例提供了一种应用于负压治疗装置的衬垫组件1。该衬垫组件包括透气层T3,如图13A-图13C所示。需要说明的是,图示13A-图13C以单层衬垫组件为例,透气层T3同样适用于双层衬垫组件、多层衬垫组件。
透气层T3可以是与软胶部分11连接也可以是直接与罩杯12连接。
如前,软胶部分11可选用柔软材质,例如硅胶、TPE、TPU等。软胶材质通常为不透气材料。在该例子中,在软胶部分11的与患者皮肤接触的部位设置透气层T3。可选地,透气层T3为海绵、纺织材料。纺织材料可以是天然的棉花、羽绒、蚕丝等材料、由天然材料或人造纤维通过编织、针织、涂布、钩编或粘合(例如,通过化学、机械、热溶剂处理)等方式形成的纺织材料或者由上述多种纺织材料共同制成的多层纺织品。透气层T3也可以包括非纺织物材料,例如,弹性可伸展的开孔式聚氨酯泡沫;还可以是包含塑胶材料的纺织物,例如,尼龙和聚酯混合物、尼龙和氨纶混合物、聚酯和氨纶混合物、尼龙和聚酯与氨纶混合物、微纤维与聚氨酯的混合物等。
可选地,透气层T3可以环绕衬垫组件1设置在衬垫组件1的所有与患者皮肤接触的区域;也可以是,透气层T3仅分布于压迫感较强的区域。
可选地,软胶部分11的厚度为0.1mm至1.0mm。优选地,软胶部分11的厚度为0.15mm至0.5mm。透气层T3的厚度为0.1mm至1.0mm。
透气层T3具有的透气性能,使得与透气层T3接触位置皮肤代谢产生的水蒸气能够排出,从而能够防止在透气层和患者皮肤之间细菌滋生,避免出现红斑、压疮等皮肤病。
此外,位于透气层T3外侧不透气的软胶部分11,具有一定密封效果,避免了漏气现象的发生。
此外,透气层T3与患者皮肤的接触感良好,增加了衬垫组件1的佩戴舒适性。
透气层T3与不透气的软胶部分11之间的连接方式可以采用机械压接、超声焊接、激光焊接、热熔等方式。也可以采用粘合剂粘接,粘合剂例如是但不限于聚丙烯酸树脂、聚氨酯胶粘剂、合成胶粘剂、UV粘合剂等。在进行粘结时,可采用点胶、手涂、喷涂、滚涂、压力浸胶、真空浸胶等方式。
在一个例子中,如图13B-图13C所示,透气层T3与软胶部分11层叠设置。透气层T3位于软胶部分靠近患者皮肤一侧。透气层T3的宽度小于软胶部分11的宽度。透气层T3的至少部分嵌入软胶部分11内。软胶部分11的边缘与透气层T3平齐,从而使得软胶部分11和透气层T3均与患者皮肤接触。通过这种方式,既能衬垫组件1保持透气效果,又能有效地避免衬垫组件1漏气的发生。
在一个例子中,如图13D所示,在软胶部分11的边缘处形成台阶结构。透气层T3形成台阶结构。透气层T3的台阶结构与软胶部分11的台阶结构互补,以使得软胶部分11与透气层T3形成的连接结构在二者的交界处平滑过渡。
在一个例子中,如图13E所示,在罩杯12的边缘处形成截面呈锥形的凸起结构。在透气层T3的边缘处形成截面呈锥形的凹陷结构。凸起结构插入凸起结构内,并通过粘合剂进行粘结。在该例子中,凸起结构和凹陷结构增加了罩杯12和透气层T3的连接面积,从而使得二者的连接更牢固。在该例子中,衬垫组件1未设置有软胶部分11,透气层T3直接与罩杯12连接。
<十一、安全阀>
负压治疗装置内的负压泵,在遇到机械故障或者认为误操作时,有坑呢个导致抽吸力过大,进而使得患者皮肤被损伤。有鉴于此,需要提供一种方案,以在抽吸力过大的时候,调整负压治疗装置内的气压,以避免患者皮肤受到损伤。
根据本公开的一个实施例,提供了一种负压面罩300。该负压面罩300应用于负压治疗装置。如图14E所示,负压面罩300包括:主体3和与主体3连接的安全阀。负压面罩300用于罩设于患者的口部。如图14A所示,安全阀包括安装筒Fa1和密封件Fa5。安装筒Fa1包括具有内部端口Fa12和外部端口Fa13的内部通道。密封件Fa5设置在外部端口Fa13处。
例如,安装筒Fa1与需要设置安全阀的部件连接。外部端口Fa13是指安装状态下,安全阀的朝外的端口。内部端口Fa12是指安全阀朝向所安装的部件的端口。内部通道与安全阀所安装的部件连通。
如图14A所示,密封件Fa5包括自密封片Fa4和密封口Fa3。自密封片Fa4向外凸出于内部通道。在自密封片Fa4上开设有密封口Fa3。自密封片Fa4能将密封口Fa3密封,以密封内部通道。自密封片Fa4在受到内部通道内侧与外侧的气压差超过临界压力时使密封口Fa3打开。
如图14D所示,在达到临界压力时,自密封片Fa4处在临界位置。内部通道与安全阀连接的部件连通。部件内的气压相对于内部通道外为负压。内部通道内的气压下降,内部通道内、外的气压差逐渐增加。此时,自密封片Fa4逐渐向内部通道一侧变形,如图14D中Fa2-1至Fa2-4所示。气压差达到临界压力(例如,-12hPa)时,密封片由向外凸出的状态(如图14D中Fa2-1所示)变为平直状态,如图14D中Fa2-2所示。在平直状态下,自密封片Fa4之间的相互挤压力较大,故仍能保持密封口Fa3处于密封状态。在气压差超过临界压力时,密封口Fa3被向内打开。例如,自密封片Fa4能够从平直状态向内翻开,以打开密封口Fa3,以允许外部空气进入部件内。此时,部件内气压逐渐增加,内外气压差逐渐减小;在气压差减小(例如,-11hPa)过程中,自密封片Fa4能够回复至向外凸出的状态,从而使密封口Fa3密封,如图14D中Fa2-1所示。
在本公开实施例中,密封件Fa5包括自密封片Fa4和密封口Fa3。并且自密封片Fa4向外凸出于内部通道。内部通道内形成负压。在内、外气压差的作用下,自密封片Fa4被向内挤压。此时,密封口Fa3在自密封片Fa4的相互挤压之下,密封更好。在气压差超过临界压力时,在压力的作用下自密封片Fa4能够发生弹性形变,进而向内开启密封口Fa3,以允许外部的空气进入,从而保证安全阀所安装部件内的气压不超过临界压力。该安全阀能够对患者进行有效地保护。
该安全阀的结构简单,加工容易,并且不需要电磁驱动或者气压驱动,就能实现气压差超过临界气压时自动开启以及气压差不超过临界气压时自动关闭的功能。
此外,由于自密封片Fa4能够发生弹性形变而打开密封口Fa3,故能够通过该安全阀插入检测探头从而对安全阀所在部件内部的气压、温度等参数进行检测。在探头拔出后,自密封片Fa4恢复至使密封口Fa3关闭的位置,保证密封口Fa3不漏气。
在一个例子中,如图14A、图14B所示,密封件Fa5的厚度被构造为边缘到中心逐渐减小。
在该例子中,密封件Fa5边缘需要与安装筒Fa1连接,较大的厚度能保证二者的连接强度高。由边缘到中心位置密封件Fa5厚度逐渐减小。较小的厚度,能提高自密封片Fa4的弹性变形能力,能使得自密封片Fa4的形变和回复至初始位置变得容易。
例如,密封件Fa5的厚度为0.2mm-0.8mm。例如,在边缘位置密封件Fa5的厚度为0.8mm,以保证与安装筒Fa1的连接强度。在中心位置密封件Fa5的厚度为0.2mm,以保证自密封片Fa4的弹性形变。
当然,密封件Fa5的厚度不限于上述实施例,本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要进行选择。
可选地,安装筒Fa1为环形套筒。安装筒Fa1的壁厚为0.6mm-2.0mm。在该范围内,安装筒Fa1的结构强度高,耐用性良好。
在一个例子中,如图14A、图14B所示,安装筒Fa1与密封件Fa5形成一体结构。例如, 通过注塑的方式,将安装筒Fa1与密封件Fa5一体成型。这种方式使得安装筒Fa1与密封件Fa5的连接更牢固。
在其他示例中,安装筒Fa1与密封件Fa5也可以采用粘结、热熔连接的方式固定在一起。
当然,安全阀的制作不限于上述实施例,本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要进行选择。
在一个例子中,如图14A、图14B所示,密封件Fa5的边缘与外部端口Fa13的内壁连接。在该例子中,安装筒Fa1通常套设在所连接的部件外侧。由于密封件Fa5的边缘位于外部端口Fa13的内壁上,这样密封件Fa5能至少部分覆盖所连接的部件的端面,故能够增大安装筒Fa1与所连接部件之间的密封效果。
此外,在自密封片Fa4发生变形时,由于密封件Fa5连接在外部端口Fa13的内壁,安装筒Fa1能够对自密封片Fa4形成径向向外的拉力,而不会像将密封件Fa5设置在外部端口Fa13的端面上那样形成剪切力。通过这种方式,安装筒Fa1与密封件Fa5的连接更牢固。
在一个例子中,自密封片Fa4为弹性片并能够在自身弹性力作用下将密封口Fa3保持自密封,以密封内部通道。
例如,自密封片Fa4具有弹性,其材质为橡胶、硅胶等。多个弹性片之间由于自身弹性力而相互挤压密封口Fa3,从而实现密封口Fa3的密封。弹性片的形状可以是三角形、扇形等。
当然,弹性片的形状不限于上述实施例,本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要进行设置。
在一个例子中,如图14A、图14B所示,密封件Fa5包括罩形弹性片。罩形弹性片通过罩中心的任意径向横截面的形状为弧形。罩形弹性片上形成切缝以形成自密封片Fa4,切缝作为密封口Fa3。
在该例子中,由于罩形弹性片的弧形轮廓的弹性挤压作用,通过切缝形成的自密封片Fa4可以在弧形轮廓的弹性挤压下将密封口Fa3密封。
可选地,罩形弹性片可以为锥形弹片、拱顶形弹性片、半球形弹性片等。罩形弹性片凸出于内部通道,以使形成内、外气压差时,密封口Fa3能被挤压而保证良好的密封性。
切缝可以为一个,也可以为多个。在切缝为多个时可以为十字形切缝、米字形切缝等。多个切缝形成花瓣形的多个自密封片Fa4。相邻的自密封片Fa4之间通过相互挤压而密封密封口Fa3。
在一个例子中,如图14A、图14C所示,切缝为多个并交汇于罩形弹性片的中心,多个切缝在周向方向均匀分布。
由于多个自密封片Fa4的大小、形状一致,故使得多个自密封片Fa4的形变能够保持一致。由于切缝消除了各个自密封片Fa4的连接应力,故各个自密封片Fa4在变形过程中,倾向于整体保持罩形结构,例如拱顶形结构。
此外,在密封口Fa3打开时,自密封片Fa4位于中心位置的部分向与密封口Fa3开启方向相反的方向保持凸出状态,如图14D中Fa41所示。在该位置,自密封片Fa4能够保持密封口Fa3不被过大的开启,从而避免了过大的开启后,在气压差小于临界气压时无法关闭密封口Fa3。
此外,该凸出状态能够避免中心位置的部分向内翻后,无法再向外凸出。
当然,在其他示例中,多个切缝的交汇位置也可以不在密封件Fa5的中心位置。
例如,切缝的宽度为0.05mm-0.15mm。在该范围内,既能保证密封口Fa3容易被打开,也能保证多个自密封片Fa4能快速地密封密封口Fa3。
在一个例子中,如图14C、图14D、图14E所示,负压面罩还包括三通管。三通管与主体3连接。三通管包括主管Ja1和位于主管Ja1一侧的支管Ja2。支管Ja2与主管Ja1连通。支管Ja2的直径通常小于主管Ja1,以保证主管Ja1的流量大。
安装筒Fa1套设在支管Ja2外。安装筒Fa1通过与支管Ja2的过盈配合,以与支管Ja2固定连接并形成密封。安装筒Fa1在支管Ja2的支撑作用下膨胀变形,并存储朝向支管Ja2方向的变形应力。由于变形应力的存在,安全阀可靠地安装在支管Ja2上。
也可以是,通过粘合剂将安装筒Fa1与支管Ja2固定连接并形成密封。在使用时,三通管被安装到其他管道中。
三通管的材质为塑料、金属等。塑料可以是但不限于PC、PP、PA等。
根据本公开的又一个实施例,提供了一种负压治疗装置。该负压治疗装置包括装置本体和上述的负压面罩。负压面罩设置在装置本体上。例如,三通管的主管Ja1被安装到负压治疗装置的气路管道上。例如,弯管与软管之间或者弯管与抽气管道之间等。
在一个例子中,负压治疗装置包括负压发生装置。负压发生装置内设置有真空泵。如图14E所示,真空泵用于对负压面罩300抽真空,从而形成负压面罩300内的负压。在负压面罩300内、外气压差超过临界值时,安全阀开启,从而向负压面罩300内补充外部的空气,以避免气压差过 大,导致患者的佩戴负压面罩300的部位受到损伤。
在负压面罩300内、外气压差不超过临界值时,安全阀关闭,从而保证患者正常地进行治疗。
该负压治疗状装置具有安全系数高的特点。
<十二、负压面罩组件的选型、制备>
在使用时,负压面罩组件佩戴于患者的脖颈处。但是对于不同的患者,脖颈处的曲面轮廓有很大差异,单一型号的负压面罩组件无法满足不同患者的需求。有鉴于此,需要提供一种负压面罩组件的选型、定制的新技术方案。
负压面罩组件的选型,主要根据以下参数进行确定。主要参数包括:患者两耳耳垂间的直线距离l1,如图15A所示;患者脖颈的周长,如图15B所示;患者平视时,下颌与脖颈的第一夹角θ1,如图15C所示;患者仰视时,下颌与脖颈的第二夹角θ2,如图15D所示。
患者两耳耳垂间的直线距离l1决定了衬垫组件负压面罩组件的宽度尺寸W,如图15E所示。患者脖颈的周长决定了衬垫组件负压面罩组件的曲率尺寸ξ,如图15E所示。第一夹角θ1和第二夹角θ2共同决定了患者头部的可运动范围。此外,第一夹角θ1和第二夹角θ2进一步决定了凹槽15的尺寸。
通常人两耳耳垂间距l1为8cm-15cm。患者脖颈周长S为25cm-50cm。通常人在平视时,下颌与脖颈的第一夹角θ1在35°至55°之间,将第一夹角θ1为17°作为点头运动时下颌与脖颈的夹角的下限值。通常人在仰视时,下颌与脖颈的夹角θ2在65°至90°之间,将第二夹角θ2作为仰头运动时下颌与脖颈的夹角上限值。
对于男性患者与女性患者,负压面罩组件在选型时存在差异。相对于女性患者而言,男性患者由于雄性激素的作用,喉结较为突出。而衬垫组件1的软胶部分在脖颈处的下密封点往往位于喉结附近,因此,适用于男性患者的负压面罩组件的衬垫组件1在喉结附近应贴合凸起的喉结设置衬垫曲率。例如在喉结出设置避让缺口,用以避让男性患者的喉结。通过这种方式,保证男性患者在使用负压面罩组件过程中的密封性和舒适性。适用于女性患者的负压面罩组件的衬垫组件1,则无需在对应喉结处设置避让缺口。
根据本公开的一个实施例,提供了一种应用于负压面罩组件的选型方法。如图15F所示,该方法包括:
获取患者双耳耳垂之间的间距,根据间距确定负压面罩组件的宽度。
获取患者颈部的周长,根据周长确定负压面罩组件与患者接触一侧的曲率。
根据宽度和曲率确定负压面罩组件的型号。
例如,通过选型装置确定患者双耳耳垂之间的距离。通常负压面罩组件的宽度应与患者双耳耳垂之间的距离相匹配。通过患者双耳耳垂之间的间距能够确定负压面罩组件的宽度。例如,通过皮尺确定患者颈部的周长。通过患者颈部的周长能够确定患者颈部的曲率。该曲率与负压面罩组件的曲率相匹配,从而使得负压面罩组件能与患者的颈部形成良好的密封。
在该例子中,通过对患者双耳耳垂之间的间距以及患者颈部的周长的确定,以确定负压面罩组件的型号,从而使得负压面罩组件的选型更准确。
在一个例子中,该选型方法还包括:获取患者平视时,患者的下颌与患者的脖颈之间形成的第一夹角。
根据宽度、曲率以及第一夹角确定负压面罩组件的型号。
在该例子中,通过获取第一夹角能够确定患者平视时的下颌与脖颈之间角度。每种负压面罩组件能够适配设定范围的下颌与脖颈之间的角度。通过第一夹角的确定,能够更精确地确定患者适配的负压面罩组件的型号。
在一个例子中,该选型方法还包括:获取患者仰视时,患者的下颌与患者的脖颈之间形成的第二夹角。根据宽度、曲率、第一夹角和第二夹角确定负压面罩组件的型号。
在该例子中,通过获取第二夹角能够确定患者仰视时的下颌与脖颈之间角度。每种负压面罩组件能够适配设定范围的下颌与脖颈之间的角度。通过第二夹角的确定,能够更精确地确定患者适配的负压面罩组件的型号。
需要说明的是,某种型号的负压面罩组件适配的第一夹角、第二夹角的范围较宽。通过第一夹角、第二夹角能够进一步判断患者适配的负压面罩组件的型号。
在一个例子中,在根据间距确定的负压面罩组件的型号与根据周长确定的负压面罩组件的型号不一致的情况下,以根据间距确定的负压面罩组件的型号作为标准。
在该例子中,根据间距选型的优先级高于根据周长选型的优先级。通常情况下,根据间距选型的精确度高于根据周长选型的精确度。通过这种方式,能保证负压面罩组件选型的精确度高。
在一个例子中,在根据周长确定的负压面罩组件的型号与根据第二夹角确定的负压面罩组件的型号不一致的情况下,以根据周长确定的负压面罩组件的型号作为标准。
在该例子中,根据周长选型的优先级高于根据第二夹角选型的优先级。通常情况下,根据周长选型的精确度高于根据第二夹角选型的精确度。通过这种方式,能保证负压面罩组件选型的精确度高。
在一个例子中,在根据第一夹角确定的负压面罩组件的型号与根据第二夹角确定的负压面罩组件的型号不一致的情况下,以根据第二夹角确定的负压面罩组件的型号作为标准。
在该例子中,根据第二夹角选型的优先级高于根据第二夹角选型的优先级。通常情况下,根据第二夹角选型的精确度高于根据第二夹角选型的精确度。通过这种方式,能保证负压面罩组件选型的精确度高。
在进行选型时,根据不同的参数选型的型号不一致时,优先级为,根据间距选型、根据周长选型、根据第二夹角选型、根据第一夹角选型。通过这种方式,能有效地保证负压面罩组件选型的精确度高。
在一个例子中,与患者的性别对应的负压面罩组件的型号包括第一型负压面罩组件、第二型负压面罩组件和第三型负压面罩组件。第一型负压面罩组件的尺寸大于第二型负压面罩组件的尺寸,第二型负压面罩组件的尺寸大于第三型负压面罩组件的尺寸。其中,第一型负压面罩组件的间距大于第二型负压面罩组件的间距,第二型负压面罩组件的间距大于第三型负压面罩组件的间距。第一型负压面罩组件的曲率大于第二型负压面罩组件的曲率,第二型负压面罩组件的曲率大于第三型负压面罩组件的曲率。
在该例子中,负压面罩组件的型号包括多种。并且每种负压面罩组件的尺寸不同,以适配不同的患者。
在一个例子中,选型方法还包括:获取患者的性别,其中,在患者为女性的条件下,负压面罩组件的内表面形成弧面结构;在患者为男性的条件下,负压面罩组件的内表面形成弧面结构,弧面结构的中部设置有避让缺口或者柔性部件。
在该例子中,首先,确定患者的性别。在患者为女性的情况下,负压面罩组件的内表面形成弧面结构。弧面结构能够与患者颈部贴合并形成良好的密封。弧面结构的中部未设置有避让缺口,以避免负压面罩组件漏气的发生。在患者为男性的情况下,弧形结构的中部应带有避让缺口,以避让男性患者的喉结,缺口的形状与喉结相匹配。形成良好的密封。还可以是,在弧形结构的中部设置柔性部件。柔性部件收到挤压能发生弹性形变,从而与患者的喉结贴合在一起。例如,弧形结构包括用于与患者接口的环装密封部。环装密封部的材质为橡胶、硅胶等。柔性部件也可以环装密封部上减薄的部位。减薄的部位更加柔软,从而能够更容易与患者的喉结贴合。柔性部件也可以是独立设置的能够发生弹性形变的橡胶件、硅胶件或者塑料件等。
根据本公开的一个实施例,提供了一种负压面罩组件的选型装置。如图15Q所示,该选型装置8000包括:第一模块8100、第二模块8200和处理器8300。其中,第一模块8100用于获取患者双耳耳垂之间的间距。第二模块8200用于获取患者颈部的周长。处理器8300用于获取和周长,并根据间距确定负压面罩组件的宽度,根据周长确定负压面罩组件与患者接触一侧的曲率,以及根据宽度和曲率确定负压面罩组件的型号。
具体来说,本公开实施例的选型装置,可以是电子设备中的部件,例如集成电路或芯片。该电子设备可以是终端,也可以为除终端之外的其他设备。示例性的,电子设备可以为手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、车载电子设备、移动上网装置(Mobile Internet Device,MID)、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)/虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、机器人、可穿戴设备、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer,UMPC)、上网本或者个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)等,还可以为服务器、网络附属存储器(Network Attached Storage,NAS)、个人计算机(personal computer,PC)、电视机(television,TV)、柜员机或者自助机等,本申请实施例不作具体限定。
本公开实施例中的选型装置可以为具有操作系统的装置。该操作系统可以为视窗(Windows)操作系统、安卓(Android)操作系统,可以为ios操作系统,还可以为其他可能的操作系统,本公开实施例不作具体限定。
本公开实施例提供的选型装置能够实现图15F的选型方法实施例实现的各个过程,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。
可选地,第一模块8100获取患者双耳耳垂之间的间距的方式可以是但不限于手动输入数据、通过相关链接导入数据等。第二模块8200获取患者颈部的周长的方式可以是但不限于手动输入数据、通过相关链接导入数据等,本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要进行选择。
该选型装置能够实现负压面罩组件精确地选型。
在一个例子中,选型装置还包括:第三模块,第三模块用于获取患者平视时,患者的下颌与患者的脖颈之间形成的第一夹角。
处理器8300还用于根据宽度、曲率以及第一夹角确定负压面罩组件的型号。
在该例子中,第三模块通过获取第一夹角能够确定患者平视时的下颌与脖颈之间角度。每种负压面罩组件能够适配设定范围的下颌与脖颈之间的角度。通过第一夹角的确定,能够更精确地确定患者适配的负压面罩组件的型号。第三模块获取第一夹角的方式可以是但不限于手动输入数据、通过相关链接导入数据等,本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要进行选择。
在一个例子中,第三模块还用于获取患者仰视时,患者的下颌与患者的脖颈之间形成的第二夹角。处理器8300还用于根据宽度、曲率、第一夹角和第二夹角确定负压面罩组件的型号。
在该例子中,第三模块通过获取第二夹角能够确定患者仰视时的下颌与脖颈之间角度。每种负压面罩组件能够适配设定范围的下颌与脖颈之间的角度。通过第二夹角的确定,能够更精确地确定患者适配的负压面罩组件的型号。第三模块获取第二夹角的方式可以是但不限于手动输入数据、通过相关链接导入数据等,本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要进行选择。
在一个例子中,处理器8300还用于在根据间距确定的负压面罩组件的型号与根据周长确定的负压面罩组件的型号不一致的情况下,以根据间距确定的负压面罩组件的型号作为标准。
在该例子中,根据间距选型的优先级高于根据周长选型的优先级。通常情况下,根据间距选型的精确度高于根据周长选型的精确度。通过这种方式,能保证负压面罩组件选型的精确度高。
在一个例子中,处理器8300还用于在根据周长确定的负压面罩组件的型号与根据第二夹角确定的负压面罩组件的型号不一致的情况下,以根据周长确定的负压面罩组件的型号作为标准。
在该例子中,根据周长选型的优先级高于根据第二夹角选型的优先级。通常情况下,根据周长选型的精确度高于根据第二夹角选型的精确度。通过这种方式,能保证负压面罩组件选型的精确度高。
在一个例子中,处理器8300还用于在根据第一夹角确定的负压面罩组件的型号与根据第二夹角确定的负压面罩组件的型号不一致的情况下,以根据第二夹角确定的负压面罩组件的型号作为标准。
在该例子中,根据第二夹角选型的优先级高于根据第二夹角选型的优先级。通常情况下,根据第二夹角选型的精确度高于根据第二夹角选型的精确度。通过这种方式,能保证负压面罩组件选型的精确度高。
在一个例子中,选型装置还包括:性别获取模块8400,性别获取模块8400用于获取患者的性别。处理器8300还用于在患者为女性的条件下,将负压面罩组件的内表面设定为弧面结构。在患者为男性的条件下,将负压面罩组件的内表面设定为弧面结构,以及在弧面结构的中部设置避让缺口或者柔性部件。性别获取模块8400获取患者性别的方式可以是但不限于手动输入数据、通过相关链接导入数据等,本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要进行选择。
在本公开的一个具体实施例中,根据多个参数对负压面罩组件进行选型。为便于说明,将适用于男性和女性的负压面罩组件分别定义为“Man-Mask”和“Woman-Mask”。男性负压面罩组件的型号包括“Man-Mask L”、“Man-Mask M”、“Man-Mask S”。其中,第一型负压面罩组件为“Man-Mask L”。第二型负压面罩组件为“Man-Mask M”。第三型负压面罩组件为“Man-Mask S”。女性负压面罩组件包括“Woman-Mask L”、“Woman-Mask M”、“Woman-Mask S”。其中,第一型负压面罩组件为“Woman-Mask L”。第二型负压面罩组件为“Woman-Mask M”。第三型负压面罩组件为“Woman-Mask S”。
各个型号的负压面罩组件对应的间距、周长、第一夹角和第二夹角参考表1。需要指出的是,表1中l1、S、θ2、θ1按照优先级,分别被称为第一参数、第二参数、第三参数、第四参数。其中第一参数的优先级最高,第四参数的优先级最低。当第一参数、第二参数、第三参数、第四参数无法同时满足时,以最高一级参数所推荐的负压面罩组件型号为准。
例如,根据测量,男性患者的第一参数l1>13cm,但是第二参数S<45或第三参数、第四参数不在推荐区间内,则该男性患者应适配的负压面罩组件的型号为“Man-Mask L”。
表1
例如,根据测量男性患者的第一参数l1=12cm。第二参数S=44cm。第三参数θ2=86°、第四参数为θ1=51°。根据第一参数、第二参数确定的型号为“Man-Mask M”,但根据第三参数、第四参数确定的型号为“Man-Mask L”,则该男性患者应适配的负压面罩组件的型号为“Man-Mask M”。
例如,根据测量女性患者的第一参数l1=9cm。第二参数S=33cm。第三参数θ2=69°、第四参数为θ1=37°。根据第一参数、第二参数、第三参数确定的型号为“Woman-Mask S”,但根据第四参数确定的型号不在表1的范围内,则该女性患者应适配的负压面罩组件的型号为“Woman-Mask S”。
例如,根据测量女性患者的第一参数l1=9cm。第二参数S=36cm。第三参数θ2=84°、第四参数为θ1=37°。根据第一参数确定的型号为“Woman-Mask S”。根据第二参数确定的型号为“Woman-Mask M”。第三参数确定的型号为“Woman-Mask M”。根据第四参数确定的型号不在表1的范围内。则该女性患者应适配的负压面罩组件的型号为“Woman-Mask S”。
为便于上述第一至第四参数的获取,本公开提供了用于负压面罩组件选型的选型装置FU。
根据本公开的一个实施例,该选型装置用于获取患者第一参数。如图15G所示,该选型装置FU01包括片材本体。在片材本体上开设有多个缺口。缺口呈弧形结构。多个缺口尺寸不同,以分别对应不同型号的负压面罩组件。缺口的两端用于分别适配患者双耳的耳垂,以确定负压面罩组件的型号。
片材本体的材质可以为在纸板、木板、塑料制品、纺织制品、硅橡胶制品等。男性患者和女性患者对应的型号各为三种,即“Man-Mask L”、“Man-Mask M”、“Man-Mask S”;“Woman-Mask L”、“Woman-Mask M”、“Woman-Mask S”。男性患者的缺口和女性患者的缺口位于片材本体的同一边上或者不同边上。在每个缺口旁对应标注有负压面罩组件的型号。
在使用时,将设定缺口经患者下颌、前脖颈或后脖颈卡入患者的两个耳垂之间,对照缺口旁边标注的负压面罩组件型号信息,即可确定适合的负压面罩组件尺寸。
在一个例子中,如图15G所示,片材本体包括连接在一起的第一部分和第二部分。第一部分和第二部分能够对折。第一部分和第二部分之间形成折线。男性患者对应的缺口位于第一部分的背离折线一侧,女性患者对应的缺口位于第二部分的背离折线一侧。
通过这种方式,片材本体能够被,以便于收纳,从而使得片材本体所占空间更小。此外,男性患者对应的缺口和女性患者对应的缺口相背设置,这样便于区分不同性别对应的缺口。
根据本公开的一个实施例,提供了一种选型装置FU02。该选型装置FU02用于获取患者第二参数。该选型装置为条带状结构。条带状结构上具有显示负压面罩组件的尺寸型号的刻度,如图15H所示。该刻度对应于表1中第二参数S的尺度范围。例如,选型装置包括适用于男性患者的选型装置以及适用于女性患者的选型装置。适用于男性患者的选型装置上分别标识有“Man-Mask L”、“Man-Mask M”、“Man-Mask S”对应的尺寸范围。适用于女性患者的选型装置上分别标识有“Woman-Mask L”、“Woman-Mask M”、“Woman-Mask S”对应的尺寸范围。
在使用时,根据患者性别选取对应的选型装置FU02。选型装置绕患者的脖颈一周后,选型装置的始端对应的位置所在的范围即为该患者适用的负压面罩组件的型号。
例如,患者为男性。选择男性选型装置进行测量。在绕患者一周后,选型装置F02的始端位于S范围内。则该患者适用的型号为“Man-Mask S”。
根据本公开的一个实施例,提供了一种负压面罩组件的选型装置F03-1。该选型装置用于获取第一夹角θ1、第二夹角θ2。如图15G所示,该选型装置F03-1包括片材结构,在片材结构的边缘设置有向外凸出的多个选型凸起Fu0333。选型凸起Fu0333包括成设定夹角的第一斜边和第二斜边。多个选型凸起Fu0333的设定夹角不同,以分别对应不同型号的负压面罩组件。选型凸起Fu0333用于卡入患者的下颌与脖颈之间,以确定负压面罩组件的型号。
片材结构的材质可以为在纸板、木板、塑料制品、纺织制品、硅橡胶制品等。男性患者和女性患者对应的型号各为三种,即“Man-Mask L”、“Man-Mask M”、“Man-Mask S”;“Woman-Mask  L”、“Woman-Mask M”、“Woman-Mask S”。男性患者的选型凸起Fu0333和女性患者的选型凸起Fu0333位于片材结构的同一边上或者不同边上。在每个选型凸起Fu0333旁对应标注有负压面罩组件的型号。
在使用时,将设定选型凸起Fu0333经患者下颌下方卡入患者的下颌与脖颈之间,对照选型凸起Fu0333旁边标注的负压面罩组件型号信息,即可确定适合的负压面罩组件尺寸。
需要说明的是,选型装置F03-1根据所测量的第一夹角θ1、第二夹角θ2进行选型时,选型凸起Fu0333的两条边的夹角应对应不同的范围值。具体的范围值可以参考表1进行确定。
当然,表1中的数据仅作为举例,本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要确定不同型号的负压面罩组件对应的各个参数的范围。
在一个例子中,片材结构包括连接在一起的第三部分和第四部分。第三部分和第四部分能够对折。第三部分和第四部分之间形成折线。男性患者对应的选型凸起Fu0333位于第三部分的背离折线一侧,女性患者对应的选型凸起Fu0333位于第四部分的背离折线一侧。
通过这种方式,片材结构能够被折叠,以便于收纳,从而使得片材结构所占空间更小。此外,男性患者对应的选型凸起Fu0333和女性患者对应的选型凸起Fu0333相背设置,这样便于区分不同性别对应的选型凸起Fu0333。
需要强调的是,上述参数的获取位置,仅是相对于患者的标识而言的,并不代表对于获取位置的限制。例如,将上述第一参数的获取位置,改为患者下巴两侧或左右颌骨,亦在本专利的保护范围内。再例如,将第二参数的获取位置,改为脖颈的靠上或靠下位置,或改为包括下巴与后枕骨的周向尺寸,其可认为是本专利的等同变化。
根据本公开的一个实施例,提供了一种应用于上述选型方法的选型装置。如图15P所示,该装置包括片材结构Fu0330。片材结构Fu0330内设置有多个选型凸起Fu0333。选型凸起Fu0333通过易撕部与片材结构Fu0330连接。多个选型凸起Fu0333的设定夹角不同,以分别对应不同型号的负压面罩组件。选型凸起Fu0333用于卡入患者的下颌与脖颈之间,以确定负压面罩组件的型号。
片材结构Fu0330的材质可以为在纸板、木板、塑料制品、纺织制品、硅橡胶制品等。例如片材结构Fu0330与选型凸起Fu0333为一体结构。例如,采用整体的一个薄片材料,通过开设易撕线Fu0332形成片材结构Fu0330和选型凸起Fu0333。易撕部能够使选型凸起Fu0333的至少局部与片材结构Fu0330分离。易撕部包括易撕线Fu0332或者多条易撕线Fu0332分隔成的易撕条Fu0331。
在该例子中,选型装置为的结构规整,收纳容易。在使用时,操作者只需要通过易撕部将选型凸起Fu0333的至少部分分离出即可。
在一个例子中,如图15P所示,选型凸起Fu0333能够被弯折,以向侧面凸出于片材结构Fu0330,即选型凸起Fu0333与片材结构Fu0330部分分离。或者是,选型凸起Fu0333能从片材结构Fu0330上取出,即选型凸起Fu0333与片材结构Fu0330完全分离。上述两种方式均能使用选型凸起Fu0333。
在一个例子中,如图15P所示,选型凸起Fu0333呈三角形结构。三角形结构的用于与患者接触的角形成倒角。
例如,倒角能避免在使用时三角形结构刺痛患者的皮肤。在收纳状态时,三角形结构的三条边分别通过易撕线Fu0332与片材结构Fu0330连接。在使用时,用于形成倒角的两条边处的易撕线Fu0332被切断,从而使得三角形结构能够以与倒角相对的一条边为轴线转动,以凸出于片材结构Fu0330。也可以是,三角形结构的三条边处均设置有易撕线Fu0332。三条边处的易撕线Fu0332被切断,从而将三角形结构从片材结构Fu0330上取下。
在一个例子中,如图15P所示,易撕部包括易撕条Fu0331。选型凸起Fu0333呈三角形结构。三角形结构的用于与患者接触两条边通过易撕条Fu0331与片材结构Fu0330连接。
例如,多条易撕线Fu0332分隔呈易撕条Fu0331。用于形成倒角的两条边处形成易撕条Fu0331。易撕条Fu0331能够被整体的去除,从而形成三角形结构的与患者进行接触的两条边。例如,与该两条边对应的易撕条Fu0331形成一体结构。操作者仅需从易撕条Fu0331的一端开始撕起,即可将该两条边分离出来。易撕条Fu0331使得选型凸起Fu0333的形成更容易。
根据本公开的一个实施例提供了一种用于负压面罩的选型装置。该装置用于测量患者下颌到颈部的夹角。如图15J所示,所述选型装置包括:第一臂FU03-21、第二臂FU03-22以及标尺FU03-23。
所述第二臂FU03-22的一端与所述第一臂FU03-21的一端可转动地连接。例如,通过转轴FU03-24将第一臂FU03-21的一端和第二臂FU03-22的一端连接在一起。第二臂FU03-22能绕第一 臂FU03-21转动。
例如,转轴FU03-24与第一臂FU03-21形成一体结构、与第二臂FU03-22形成一体结构或者独立于第一臂FU03-21和第二臂FU03-22单独设置。
所述标尺FU03-23与所述第一臂FU03-21的另一端连接。例如,标尺FU03-23朝第一臂FU03-21的侧部伸出。在所述标尺FU03-23上设置有选型刻线。所述第二臂FU03-22能沿所述标尺FU03-23相对于所述第一臂FU03-21摆动,以使所述第一臂FU03-21与第二臂FU03-22成设定夹角。根据所述第二臂FU03-22在所述选型刻线上的位置确定负压面罩的型号。
选型刻线能显示出第二臂FU03-22与第一臂FU03-21之前的夹角。根据夹角的大小来确定负压面罩的型号大小。例如,夹角越大则适配的负压面罩的尺寸越大,夹角越小则适配的负压面罩的尺寸越小。
例如,第一臂FU03-21、第二臂FU03-22和标尺FU03-23的材质为金属、塑料、陶瓷等。第一臂FU03-21和第二臂FU03-22可以为杆状、片状等。
在使用时,第一臂FU03-21和第二臂FU03-22的连接的一端与患者的脖颈部相抵。第一臂FU03-21和第二臂FU03-22中的一个与患者下颌相抵,另一个与患者的脖颈至胸部的部分相抵。根据第二臂FU03-22在标尺FU03-23的选型刻线上的位置,确定下颌与脖颈的夹角的大小。
例如,分别测量患者平视时,以及患者抬头至最大角度时第一臂FU03-21和第二臂FU03-22之间的夹角。该两个夹角为患者头部活动的范围。根据两个夹角确定负压面罩的型号,以确保选型的准确性。
当然,也可以仅测量患者平视时或者患者抬头时第一臂FU03-21和第二臂FU03-22之间的夹角,根据此夹角的大小确定负压面罩的型号。
在本公开实施例中,该选型装置,通过第二臂FU03-22相对于第一臂FU03-21的摆动,以及第二臂FU03-22在选型刻线上的位置能够确定患者下颌与脖颈的夹角的大小,根据该夹角的大小能确定适配的负压面罩的型号。
该装置具有使用便捷,携带容易,测量精确高的特点。
此外,也可以是根据上述夹角的大小作为制作负压面罩的尺寸依据,从而使得负压面罩的制作变得更精确。
在一个例子中,在所述标尺FU03-23上设置有角度刻线。角度刻线能准确显示第一臂FU03-21和第二臂FU03-22之间的夹角。在所述第一臂FU03-21和/或第二臂FU03-22上设置有长度刻线。长度刻线能准确地显示患者下颌的前段到脖颈的深度。通过上述两个刻度能够更加精确地确定患者抬头的幅度,从而能够更精确地对负压面罩进行选型。
还可以是,在第一臂FU03-21和第二臂FU03-22上均设置有长度刻线,这样能够进一步的精确显示患者下颌的前段到脖颈的深度,从而使负压面罩的选型更加精确。
需要说明的是,夹角测量的起始点和夹角确定的方式可以根据实际需要进行确定。例如,选择第一臂FU03-21和第二臂FU03-22相对应的边作为起始点和夹角读取的基准点。
在其他示例中,在标尺FU03-23上未设置精确的角度刻线,而是对应不同型号的负压面罩,在标尺FU03-23上标识合适的型号。例如负压面罩分为小号、中号、大号,例如小号标记为S号;中号标记为M号;大号标记为L号。在标尺FU03-23上按照夹角由小到大依次标识S、M、L适配的范围。第二臂FU03-22落入哪个范围内即表明该患者适配哪种型号。
此外,根据上述夹角的大小,深度的大小作为制作负压面罩的尺寸依据,从而使得负压面罩的制作变得更精确。
当然,标尺FU03-23上的选型刻线不限于上述实施例,本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要进行选择。
在一个例子中,所述标尺FU03-23相对所述第一臂FU03-21可相对滑动,以确定不同的型号。
在该例子中,标尺FU03-23一端与第一臂FU03-21滑动连接。相比标尺FU03-23与第一臂FU03-21固定连接的情况,滑动连接可测量范围增大。例如,儿童与成人下颌尺寸相差较大。通过调整标尺FU03-23在第一臂FU03-21上的位置,可以更精确的测量患者下颌到脖颈的深度,从而使负压面罩的选型更加精确。
在一个例子中,如图15J-图15K所示,所述第二臂FU03-22和所述第一臂FU03-21的相互连接的一端倒圆角。相比于第一臂FU03-21和第二臂FU03-22未设置圆角的情况,圆角能避免选型装置接触患者脖颈时对脖颈造成伤害。
当然,圆角的直径本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要进行选择。
在一个例子中,如图15J-图15K所示,所述第二臂FU03-22的长度大于所述第一臂FU03-21的长度。
在该例子中,第二臂FU03-22的长度比第一臂FU03-21的长度大,则第二臂FU03-22接近设置覆盖标尺FU03-23上的选型刻线。这样,便于读取第一臂FU03-21和第二臂FU03-22之间的夹角。
在一个例子中,如图15J-图15K所示,所述标尺FU03-23的背离所述转轴FU03-24一侧呈弧形。所述转轴FU03-24位于所述弧形的内弧一侧。
在该例子中,弧形的标尺FU03-23能更容易确定第一臂FU03-21和第二臂FU03-22之间夹角的大小。
进一步地,如图15J-图15K所示,所述标尺FU03-23的与所述转轴FU03-24相对一侧与所述标尺FU03-23的背离所述转轴FU03-24一侧平行设置。在该例子中,标尺FU03-23的整体呈弧形。一方面,该标尺FU03-23便于使用者握持;另一方面,标尺FU03-23两侧的弧度一致,通过两个弧形边的比对,能更精确地反应出第一臂FU03-21和第二臂FU03-22的夹角。
当然,在其他示例中,标尺FU03-23也可以呈直线形。
在一个例子中,如图15J所示,所述第二臂FU03-22与所述转轴FU03-24相对的一端向外伸出于所述标尺FU03-23的背离所述转轴FU03-24一侧。
在该例子中,第二臂FU03-22向外凸出于标尺FU03-23外侧,操作者能够通过移动第二臂FU03-22向外凸出的部分实现第一臂FU03-21和第二臂FU03-22之间角度的调节。通过这种方式,患者下颌与脖颈的夹角的测量操作更容易。
此外,由于操作者的手位于第一臂FU03-21和标尺FU03-23外,能避免手部被第一臂FU03-21和第二臂FU03-22夹到。
在一个例子中,如图15O所示,在所述第一臂FU03-21和所述第二臂FU03-22的至少一个上设置有限位结构FU03-25,所述限位结构FU03-25被构造为用于限定所述第二臂FU03-22相对于所述第一臂FU03-21的张开角度。
例如,在第一臂FU03-21的两端靠近第二臂FU03-22一侧均设置有向外凸出的限位结构FU03-25。限位结构FU03-25能有效地避免第二臂FU03-22的摆动过大或者朝向标尺FU03-23以外的区域摆动。通过这种方式,能够保证选型装置使用的便捷性。
在通常情况下,患者抬头的角度不大于90°。例如,通过设置限位结构FU03-25可以将第一臂FU03-21和第二臂FU03-22的最大夹角设定为90°。
当然,最大角度的选择不限于上述实施例,本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要进行选择。
在一个例子中,如图15K-图15M所示,所述标尺FU03-23包括第一片材FU03-231和第二片材FU03-232。所述第一片材FU03-231与所述第二片材FU03-232平行设置。在所述第一片材FU03-231和所述第二片材FU03-232之间设置有间隙FU03-233。所述第一臂FU03-21固定在所述第一片材FU03-231和所述第二片材FU03-232中的至少一个上。所述第二臂FU03-22位于所述间隙FU03-233内。
在该例子中,第二臂FU03-22沿第一片材FU03-231和第二片材FU03-232之间的间隙FU03-233滑动。第一片材FU03-231和第二片材FU03-232起到限位的作用。平行设置的第一片材FU03-231和第二片材FU03-232将第二臂FU03-22夹在二者中间。通过这种方式,能有效地限制第二臂FU03-22沿垂直于其摆动方向的移动,从而避免了第二臂FU03-22被弯折,造成选型装置损坏。
第一片材FU03-231和第二片材FU03-232为金属片、塑料片等。第一片材FU03-231和第二片材FU03-232可以是由一个整体的弧形片材弯折而成。也可以是,采用焊接、粘结、铆接等方式将第一片材FU03-231和第二片材FU03-232连接在一起。
在一个例子中,所述第一片材FU03-231的两端分别与所述第二片材FU03-232的两端连接。所述第一片材FU03-231和所述第二片材FU03-232中的一个与所述第一臂FU03-21形成一体结构,并且所述位于同一平面。所述第二臂FU03-22位于所述第一臂FU03-21的靠近所述间隙FU03-233一侧。
在该例子中,第一片材FU03-231和第二片材FU03-232的整体呈环形结构。由于第一片材FU03-231和第二片材FU03-232的两端分别连接,故第一片材FU03-231和第二片材FU03-232的两端形成了限位结构FU03-25,以限定第二臂FU03-22的摆动范围。第二臂FU03-22与第一片材FU03-231或者第二片材FU03-232位于同一平面,并且第二臂FU03-22位于第一臂FU03-21的靠近间隙FU03-233一侧,这样能够降低选型装置整体的厚度,使得选型装置的所占空间更小,携带更 方便。
例如,第一臂FU03-21可以是通过冲压、注塑等方式与第一片材FU03-231或第二片材FU03-232形成一体结构。
也可以是,通过焊接的方式将第一臂FU03-21与第一片材FU03-231或第二片材FU03-232焊接为一结构。
当然,第一臂FU03-21与第一片材FU03-231或第二片材FU03-232的连接方式不限于上述实施例。本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要进行选择。
在一个例子中,如图15N-图15O所示,选型装置包括平行设置的两个所述第一臂FU03-21。所述第一片材FU03-231的两端分别与所述第二片材FU03-232的两端连接。两个所述第一臂FU03-21中的一个与第一片材FU03-231连接,另一个与所述第二片材FU03-232连接。所述第二臂FU03-22位于两个所述第一臂FU03-21之间。
在该例子中,第一片材FU03-231和第二片材FU03-232的整体呈环形结构。由于第一片材FU03-231和第二片材FU03-232的两端分别连接,故第一片材FU03-231和第二片材FU03-232的两端形成了限位结构FU03-25,以限定第二臂FU03-22的摆动范围。
第二臂FU03-22被夹在第一片材FU03-231和第二片材FU03-232之间,以及被夹在两个第一臂FU03-21之间,从而使得第二臂FU03-22能有效地被保护,放置第二臂FU03-22垂直于摆动方向移动,避免了选型装置受到损伤。
此外,第一片材FU03-231与第二片材FU03-232平行设置,两个第一臂FU03-21平行设置。这使得第一臂FU03-21和标尺FU03-23的连接结构更对称,连接结构整体的结构强度高。
该选型装置具有结构牢固的特点。
根据本公开的一个实施例,提供了一种负压面罩组件的制备方法。该制备方法包括:
获取患者脖颈处的曲面信息。
根据所获得的曲面信息制作衬垫组件的三维模型。
根据三维模型制作衬垫组件。
根据衬垫组件制作负压面罩组件。
具体地,获取患者脖颈处的曲面信息。可以采用3D扫描仪、立体成像仪等进行扫描;也可以是采用深度探测仪形成深度点云信息;还可以采用动态的视频或多张静态的照片合成具有立体形态的曲面信息。
采用模具注塑、3D打印技术等方式形成衬垫组件的三维模型。通过上述方式能够实现衬垫组件1与患者脖颈皮肤的配合,进而达到衬垫组件1良好的舒适性和密封性。
<十三、负压发生装置>
根据本公开的一个实施例,提供了一种负压治疗装置。负压治疗装置包括负压发生装置7。如图16D所示,该负压发生装置包括:壳体700和抽吸装置79。如图16A-图16B所示,在壳体700内设置有腔室。在壳体700上设置有与腔室连通的抽气管。在抽气管上设置有气道阀门771。抽吸装置设置在壳体内,抽吸装置配置为对腔室抽吸气体。在负压面罩内的压强大于或等于第一阈值的条件下,气道阀门771开启。
气道阀门771用于控制抽气管的开关,以对负压面罩11抽吸气体。可选地,气道阀门771可以是但不限于手动阀门、气动阀门、电磁阀等。本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要进行选择。抽气管通过软管3与负压面罩11连通。负压面罩11通常被佩戴在患者呼吸道的外侧,例如,下颌下方以及脖颈处。负压面罩11内形成负压。该负压使得患者的呼吸道被打开,从而能有效地防止患者打鼾。
抽吸装置79设置在壳体700内。抽吸装置79配置为对腔室抽吸气体。抽吸装置79对腔室、与腔室连通的软管3和负压面罩11抽吸气体,以使负压面罩11内形成负压。需要说明的是,形成负压是指负压面罩11、软管3和/或腔室内的压强相对于大气压强小。
例如,抽吸装置79可以是但不限于:抽除式抽吸装置、喷射泵、扩散泵、增压泵等。
抽吸装置79也可以包括抽气压缩泵,例如VM系列、VAA系列、PK系列、PC系列、VCA系列、VCC系列、VCH系列、PH系列、FM系列、FAA系列、PCF系列等。
在本公开实施例中,负压发生装置7被设置有泄压阀门751和气道阀门771,通过控制泄压阀门751和气道阀门771能够使得在负压面罩11内的压强大于或等于第一阈值时,气道阀门771开启,从而对负压面罩11进行抽真空,以对患者进行治疗。通过这种方式能保持负压面罩内的气压稳定,从而提升了患者治疗的舒适感。
在一个例子中,如图16A-图16B所示,在壳体上设置有与腔室连通的泄压管和抽气管。在泄压管上设置有泄压阀门751。在抽气管上设置有气道阀门771。泄压阀门751用于对腔室进行泄压。气道阀门771用于控制抽气管的开关,以对负压面罩11抽吸气体。
泄压阀门751可以是但不限于气动阀门、电磁阀或者自密封安全阀等。其中,自密封安全阀能够实现自动开启和自动关闭,不需要控制器进行控制。气道阀门771可以是但不限于手动阀门、气动阀门、电磁阀等。本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要进行选择。
在该例子中,在负压面罩11内的压强大于或等于第一阈值的条件下,气道阀门771开启。
在负压面罩11内的压强小于或等于第二阈值的条件下,气道阀门771和泄压阀门751开启,第二阈值小于第一阈值。
在该实施例中,负压发生装置7被设置有泄压阀门751和气道阀门771,通过控制泄压阀门751和气道阀门771能够使得在负压面罩11内的压强大于或等于第一阈值时,气道阀门771开启,从而对负压面罩11进行抽真空,以对患者进行治疗。
在负压面罩11内的压强小于或等于第二阈值时,气道阀门771和泄压阀门751开启。其中,第二阈值小于第一阈值。在该条件下,由于抽吸装置79的机械故障或者测量负压面罩11内压强的装置反馈不及时,导致抽吸装置79对负压面罩11内抽吸过量。此时,泄压阀门751开启,以向腔室内引入外部的空气,并且气道阀门771开启,以使得外部的空气对负压面罩11进行补偿,避免了由于抽吸装置79过度抽气而导致的患者下颌和/或脖颈处的皮肤受到损伤。
该负压发生装置7具有安全性能良好的特点。
在一个例子中,在负压面罩11内的压强大于第二阈值并且小于第一阈值的条件下,气道阀门771和泄压阀门751关闭。
在该例子中,负压面罩11内的压强位于第一阈值和第二阈值之间时,负压面罩11内的压强满足负压治疗的要求。在该条件下,泄压阀门751关闭,气道阀门771关闭,以保持负压面罩11内的压强。
需要说明的是,本领域技术人员可以根据患者的实际情况设置第一阈值和第二阈值的大小。
在一个例子中,如图16A-图16C所示,壳体700包括内壳。内壳包括腔室上壳74、腔室主体75和腔室下壳76。腔室上壳74、腔室主体75和腔室下壳76连接在一起。腔室主体75位于腔室上壳74和腔室下壳76之间。在内壳内设置有腔室。例如,在腔体上壳74、腔室主体75和腔室下壳76内设置有腔室。在该例子中,腔室主体75内部为中空结构。腔体上壳74和腔体下壳76密封设置在中空结构两端。中空结构用于容纳抽吸装置79等。
例如,腔室上壳74、腔室主体75和腔室下壳76为塑料、金属等材质。为了形成良好的密封,在腔室上壳74于腔室主体75之间以及腔室主体75与腔室下壳76之间设置有密封圈。该内壳具有结构简单,组装容易的优点。
在一个例子中,如图16A-图16B所示,抽吸装置79具有进气管752。进气管752设置在腔室主体75上,进气管752与抽气管连通。
抽吸装置79位于腔室主体75内。腔室上壳74和腔室下壳76均能够被拆下,这使得抽吸装置79的安装、更换变得容易。进气管752设置在腔室主体75上,这样在拆卸、安装腔室上壳74或腔室下壳76时,不会受到进气管752的干涉。进气管752与抽气管连通,以便于抽吸装置79对负压面罩11抽真空。
在一个例子中,如图16A-图16B所示,泄压管设置在腔室主体75上。相比于设置在其他位置,这种方式能够简化腔室上壳74和腔室下壳76的结构,并且避免了在拆卸、安装腔室上壳74或腔室下壳76时被泄压管干涉。
在一个例子中,如图16A-图16D所示,壳体700还包括外壳。外壳设置在内壳外。外壳能够有效地保护内壳,从而延长了负压发生装置7的使用寿命。抽气管设置在外壳上,并且抽气管在外壳内侧与进气管752形成密封,从而保证了抽吸装置79的抽吸效率。
在一个例子中,如图16A-图16D所示,外壳包括底壳77和外罩71。底壳77的内部设置有容纳空间。底壳77的顶部和一个侧面形成敞开侧。内壳设置在容纳空间内。上盖密封盖设在敞开侧。抽气管设置在底壳77上。
在该例子中,底壳77的整体呈六面体结构。底壳77的顶部和一个侧面是敞开的,以形成敞开侧。内壳通过底壳77的顶部或该侧面能被安装到容纳空间内。底壳77的结构便于内壳的安装和拆卸。例如,外罩71的整体呈L形,以便于对底壳77的顶部和一个侧面进行密封。
例如,在进行组装时,首先,抽吸装置79被安装到腔室主体75内。
然后,腔室上壳74和腔室下壳76被安装到腔室主体75的上、下端。
接下来,内壳和抽吸装置79组成的组件从底壳77的顶部或底壳77的一个侧面被安装到容纳空间内。
最后,外罩71被密封安装到底壳77上。
在一个例子中,如图16A-图16D所示,负压发生装置7还包括控制器。控制器用于发出控制信号,以执行上述操作。控制器设置在抽吸装置79和壳体700之间。控制器与抽吸装置79、气道阀门771连接,控制器用于根据负压面罩11内的压强与第一阈值、第二阈值的比较结果,控制抽吸装置79和气道阀门771。
例如,控制主板73位于外罩71与腔室上壳74之间。控制器被集成在控制主板73上。控制器通过控制主板73与抽吸装置79、气道阀门771等连接。
在该例子中,控制器能有效地被外壳保护。例如,在外罩71与腔室上壳74之间还设置有显示面板72。显示面板72与控制器连接,并且位于控制主板73上。在外罩71上开设有观察窗。显示面板72与观察窗相对设置。
显示面板72用于显示抽吸装置79的参数,例如转速、温度、抽吸效率、是否处于工作状态等,还能显示负压面罩11内的压强等。
在外罩71上设置有操作按钮711。操作按钮711与控制器连接。操作按钮711用来控制抽吸装置79的工作参数,例如转速、抽吸效率等。
在该例子中,控制器能够实时获取负压面罩11内的压强,并将该压强与第一阈值和第二阈值进行比较。响应于不同的比较结果,控制器控制抽吸装置79启动、停止以及气道阀门771开启、关闭等。
例如,在负压面罩11内的压强大于或等于第一阈值时,控制器控制抽吸装置79启动、气道阀门771开启,从而对负压面罩11进行抽真空。需要说明的是,此时,由于未达到泄压阀门751的开启条件,故泄压阀门751处于关闭状态。
在负压面罩11内的压强小于第一阈值大于第二阈值时,控制器控制抽吸装置79关闭,气道阀门771关闭,从而使得负压面罩11内保持设定压强,以对患者进行治疗。需要说明的是,此时,由于未达到泄压阀门751的开启条件,故泄压阀门751处于关闭状态。
在负压面罩11内的压强小于或等于第二阈值时,表明负压面罩11内的压强过低,控制器控制抽吸装置79关闭,气道阀门771开启。此时,由于达到了泄压阀门751的开启条件,故泄压阀门751自动开启或者在控制器控制下开启,外部的空气通过泄压阀门751、气道阀门771进入到负压面罩11内,以对负压面罩11内的空气进行补偿。
在负压面罩11内的压强大于第二阈值时,泄压阀门751自动关闭,或者在控制器控制下关闭。
在一个例子中,如图16D所示,负压治疗装置包括负压面罩11、软管3和上述的负压发生装置7,负压面罩11通过软管3与抽气管连接。
该负压治疗装置具有安全性能良好的特点。
在一个例子中,如图16A-图16C所示,负压治疗装置还包括监测模块78。监测模块78包括压力感测模块781和探头782。压力感测模块781与探头782连接,例如,通过导线进行电连接。探头782设置在软管3或者负压面罩11内。压力感测模块781设置在壳体700内。
具体来讲,由于软管3和负压面罩11是连通的,故探头782在软管3内或者负压面罩11内均能够感测到负压面罩11内的压强。例如,压力感测模块781通过控制主板73与控制器连接,以便于将探头782感测到的压强传输至控制器。控制器将该压强与第一阈值、第二阈值进行比较,以便于输出控制信号。
压力感测模块781位于外壳和内壳之间,从而能够有效地被外壳保护。
在其他示例中,监测模块78还包括温度计、湿度计等,以便于对患者进行治疗。
根据本公开的又一个方面,提供了一种负压治疗装置的控制方法。如图16E所示,该方法包括:
获取负压面罩11内的压强。例如,通过上述的压力感测模块781感测负压面罩11内的压强。
将负压面罩11内的压强与第一阈值和/或第二阈值比较,第一阈值大于第二阈值,其中,
在负压面罩11内的压强大于或等于第一阈值的条件下,气道阀门771开启;
在负压面罩11内的压强小于或等于第二阈值的条件下,气道阀门771关闭且泄压阀门751开启,第二阈值小于第一阈值。
例如,控制器将负压面罩11的压强与第一阈值和第二阈值进行比较,根据不同的比较结果, 发出不同的控制信号,从而对负压发生装置7进行有效地调控。
例如,压力感测模块781将探头782感测到的压强传输至控制器。
在负压面罩11内的压强大于或等于第一阈值时,控制器控制抽吸装置79启动、气道阀门771开启,从而对负压面罩11进行抽真空。需要说明的是,此时,由于未达到泄压阀门751的开启条件,故泄压阀门751处于关闭状态。
在负压面罩11内的压强小于第一阈值大于第二阈值时,控制器控制抽吸装置79关闭,气道阀门771关闭,从而使得负压面罩11内保持设定压强,以对患者进行治疗。需要说明的是,此时,由于未达到泄压阀门751的开启条件,故泄压阀门751处于关闭状态。
在负压面罩11内的压强小于或等于第二阈值时,表明负压面罩11内的压强过低,控制器控制抽吸装置79关闭,气道阀门771开启。此时,由于达到了泄压阀门751的开启条件,故泄压阀门751自动开启或者在控制器控制下开启,外部的空气通过泄压阀门751、气道阀门771进入到负压面罩11内,以对负压面罩11内的空气进行补偿。
在负压面罩11内的压强大于第二阈值时,泄压阀门751自动关闭,或者在控制器控制下关闭。
该控制方法能够有效地避免由于抽吸装置79过度抽真空导致的患者的皮肤被损伤。
需要说明的是,由于负压面罩11与患者皮肤的之间无法达到稳定、良好的密封效果,故上述控制方法在满足负压面罩11内相应压强的条件下,反复作用。
虽然已经通过示例对本公开的一些特定实施例进行了详细说明,但是本领域的技术人员应该理解,以上示例仅是为了进行说明,而不是为了限制本公开的范围。本领域的技术人员应该理解,可在不脱离本公开的范围和精神的情况下,对以上实施例进行修改。本公开的范围由所附权利要求来限定。

Claims (23)

  1. 一种应用于负压面罩组件的选型方法,其特征在于,包括:
    获取患者双耳耳垂之间的间距,根据所述间距确定负压面罩组件的宽度;
    获取患者颈部的周长,根据所述周长确定负压面罩组件与患者接触一侧的曲率;
    根据所述宽度和所述曲率确定所述负压面罩组件的型号。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的应用于负压面罩组件的选型方法,其特征在于,还包括:
    获取患者平视时,患者的下颌与患者的脖颈之间形成的第一夹角;
    根据所述宽度、所述曲率以及所述第一夹角确定所述负压面罩组件的型号。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的应用于负压面罩组件的选型方法,其特征在于,还包括:
    获取患者仰视时,患者的下颌与患者的脖颈之间形成的第二夹角;
    根据所述宽度、所述曲率、所述第一夹角和所述第二夹角确定所述负压面罩组件的型号。
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的应用于负压面罩组件的选型方法,其特征在于,在根据所述间距确定的所述负压面罩组件的型号与根据所述周长确定的负压面罩组件的型号不一致的情况下,以根据所述间距确定的所述负压面罩组件的型号作为标准。
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的应用于负压面罩组件的选型方法,其特征在于,在根据所述周长确定的负压面罩组件的型号与根据所述第二夹角确定的负压面罩组件的型号不一致的情况下,以根据所述周长确定的所述负压面罩组件的型号作为标准。
  6. 根据权利要求3所述的应用于负压面罩组件的选型方法,其特征在于,在根据所述第一夹角确定的负压面罩组件的型号与根据所述第二夹角确定的负压面罩组件的型号不一致的情况下,以根据所述第二夹角确定的所述负压面罩组件的型号作为标准。
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的应用于负压面罩组件的选型方法,其特征在于,与患者的性别对应的负压面罩组件的型号包括第一型负压面罩组件、第二型负压面罩组件和第三型负压面罩组件,第一型负压面罩组件的尺寸大于所述第二型负压面罩组件的尺寸,第二型负压面罩组件的尺寸大于所述第三型负压面罩组件的尺寸;其中,第一型负压面罩组件的所述间距大于所述第二型负压面罩组件的所述间距,所述第二型负压面罩组件的所述间距大于所述第三型负压面罩组件的所述间距;第一型负压面罩组件的所述曲率大于所述第二型负压面罩组件的所述曲率,所述第二型负压面罩组件的所述曲率大于所述第三型负压面罩组件的所述曲率。
  8. 根据权利要求1-7中的任一项述的应用于负压面罩组件的选型方法,其特征在于,获取患者的性别,其中,在患者为女性的条件下,所述负压面罩组件的内表面形成弧面结构;在患者为男性的条件下,所述负压面罩组件的内表面形成弧面结构,所述弧面结构的中部设置有避让缺口或者柔性部件。
  9. 一种应用于如权利要求1-8中的任一项所述选型方法的选型装置,其特征在于,包括片材本体,在所述片材本体上开设有多个缺口,所述缺口呈弧形结构,多个所述缺口尺寸不同,以分别对应不同型号的负压面罩组件,所述缺口的两端用于分别适配患者双耳的耳垂,以确定负压面罩组件的型号。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的选型装置,其特征在于,所述片材本体包括连接在一起的第一部分和第二部分,所述第一部分和所述第二部分能够对折,所述第一部分和所述第二部分之间形成折线,所述男性患者对应的缺口位于所述第一部分的背离折线一侧,女性患者对应的缺口位于第二部分的背离折线一侧。
  11. 一种应用于如权利要求1-8中的任一项所述选型方法的选型装置,其特征在于,包括片材结构,在所述片材结构的边缘设置有向外凸出的多个选型凸起,所述选型凸起包括成设定夹角的第一边和第二边,多个所述选型凸起的设定夹角不同,以分别对应不同型号的负压面罩组件,所述选型凸起用于卡入患者的下颌与脖颈之间,以确定负压面罩组件的型号。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的选型装置,其特征在于,片材结构包括连接在一起的第三部分和第四部分,所述第三部分和所述第四部分能够对折,所述第三部分和所述第四部分之间形成折线,男性患者对应的选型凸起位于所述第三部分的背离折线一侧,女性患者对应的选型凸起位于所述第四部分的背离折线一侧。
  13. 一种应用于如权利要求1-8中的任一项选型方法的选型装置,其特征在于,包括片材结构,所述片材结构内设置有多个选型凸起,所述选型凸起通过易撕部与片材结构连接,多个所述选型凸起的设定夹角不同,以分别对应不同型号的负压面罩组件,所述选型凸起用于卡入患者的下颌与脖颈之间,以确定所述负压面罩组件的型号。
  14. 根据权利要求13的选型装置,其特征在于,所述选型凸起能够被弯折,以向侧面凸出于所述片材本体;或者
    选型凸起能从所述片材本体上取出。
  15. 根据权利要求13的选型装置,其特征在于,所述选型凸起呈三角形结构,所述三角形结构的用于与患者接触的角形成倒角。
  16. 根据权利要求13的选型装置,其特征在于,所述易撕部包括易撕条,选型凸起呈三角形结构,所述三角形结构的用于与患者接触两条边通过易撕条与所述片材结构连接。
  17. 一种应用于负压面罩组件的选型装置,其特征在于,包括:
    第一模块,所述第一模块用于获取患者双耳耳垂之间的间距;
    第二模块,所述第二模块用于获取患者颈部的周长;
    处理器,所述处理器用于所述获取所述间距和所述周长,并根据所述间距确定所述负压面罩组件的宽度,根据所述周长确定所述负压面罩组件与患者接触一侧的曲率,以及根据宽度和曲率确定负压面罩组件的型号。
  18. 根据权利要求17的应用于负压面罩组件的选型装置,其特征在于,还包括:
    第三模块,所述第三模块用于获取患者平视时,患者的下颌与患者的脖颈之间形成的第一夹角;
    所述处理器还用于根据宽度、曲率以及第一夹角确定所述负压面罩组件的型号。
  19. 根据权利要求18的应用于负压面罩组件的选型装置,其特征在于,所述第三模块还用于获取患者仰视时,患者的下颌与患者的脖颈之间形成的第二夹角;
    所述处理器还用于根据宽度、曲率、第一夹角和第二夹角确定所述负压面罩组件的型号。
  20. 根据权利要求17的应用于负压面罩组件的选型装置,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于在根据间距确定的所述负压面罩组件的型号与根据周长确定的所述负压面罩组件的型号不一致的情况下,以根据间距确定的所述负压面罩组件的型号作为标准。
  21. 根据权利要求19的应用于负压面罩组件的选型装置,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于在根据周长确定的所述负压面罩组件的型号与根据第二夹角确定的所述负压面罩组件的型号不一致的情况下,以根据周长确定的所述负压面罩组件的型号作为标准。
  22. 根据权利要求19的应用于负压面罩组件的选型装置,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于在根据第一夹角确定的所述负压面罩组件的型号与根据第二夹角确定的所述负压面罩组件的型号不一致的情况下,以根据第二夹角确定的所述负压面罩组件的型号作为标准。
  23. 根据权利要求17-22中的任一项述的应用于负压面罩组件的选型装置,其特征在于,还包括:
    性别获取模块,所述性别获取模块用于获取患者的性别;
    所述处理器还用于在患者为女性的条件下,将所述负压面罩组件的内表面设定为弧面结构;在患者为男性的条件下,将所述负压面罩组件的内表面设定为弧面结构,以及在弧面结构的中部设置避让缺口或者柔性部件。
PCT/CN2023/129918 2022-11-04 2023-11-06 应用于负压面罩组件的选型方法以及选型装置 WO2024094212A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202222948215.9U CN219461612U (zh) 2022-11-04 2022-11-04 负压面罩和负压治疗装置
CN202211379985.4A CN117982771A (zh) 2022-11-04 2022-11-04 应用于负压面罩组件的选型方法以及选型装置
CN202211379575.XA CN117982761A (zh) 2022-11-04 2022-11-04 负压治疗装置
CN202211379575.X 2022-11-04
CN202211379985.4 2022-11-04
CN202222948733.0U CN219462235U (zh) 2022-11-04 2022-11-04 用于将负压面罩固定在患者下颌的头带及负压通气装置
CN202222948281.6 2022-11-04
CN202222948733.0 2022-11-04
CN202222948215.9 2022-11-04
CN202222948281.6U CN219461613U (zh) 2022-11-04 2022-11-04 用于负压罩的选型装置

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024094212A1 true WO2024094212A1 (zh) 2024-05-10

Family

ID=90929785

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/129918 WO2024094212A1 (zh) 2022-11-04 2023-11-06 应用于负压面罩组件的选型方法以及选型装置

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024094212A1 (zh)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1527731A (zh) * 2001-07-12 2004-09-08 ϣ 保持呼吸道畅通的呼吸治疗仪及其防止打鼾声的应用方法
CN101594841A (zh) * 2006-12-15 2009-12-02 5I科学公司 用于打开气道的装置和方法
CN103099701A (zh) * 2012-11-01 2013-05-15 陈彩霞 鼻鼾颈筒治疗系统
CN217014998U (zh) * 2021-11-26 2022-07-22 中国人民解放军联勤保障部队第九二三医院 口鼻测量装置
CN217718730U (zh) * 2021-12-31 2022-11-01 北京怡和嘉业医疗科技股份有限公司 一种确定患者佩戴面罩型号的装置
CN115634350A (zh) * 2022-10-25 2023-01-24 天津怡和嘉业医疗科技有限公司 一种呼吸治疗装置

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1527731A (zh) * 2001-07-12 2004-09-08 ϣ 保持呼吸道畅通的呼吸治疗仪及其防止打鼾声的应用方法
CN101594841A (zh) * 2006-12-15 2009-12-02 5I科学公司 用于打开气道的装置和方法
CN103099701A (zh) * 2012-11-01 2013-05-15 陈彩霞 鼻鼾颈筒治疗系统
CN217014998U (zh) * 2021-11-26 2022-07-22 中国人民解放军联勤保障部队第九二三医院 口鼻测量装置
CN217718730U (zh) * 2021-12-31 2022-11-01 北京怡和嘉业医疗科技股份有限公司 一种确定患者佩戴面罩型号的装置
CN115634350A (zh) * 2022-10-25 2023-01-24 天津怡和嘉业医疗科技有限公司 一种呼吸治疗装置

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20220379063A1 (en) Delivery of respiratory therapy
US10556080B2 (en) Mask system comprising a combined air delivery and stabilizing structure
US11337858B2 (en) Ostomy pouching system
CA2310919C (en) Air mask with seal
AU2006259451B2 (en) Gas delivery mask with flexible bellows
AU2011319865B2 (en) Device and method for opening an airway
US6019101A (en) Nasal air mask
JP2020036918A (ja) 呼吸装置
CN102264424A (zh) 具有柔性盖的呼吸接口设备
JP2013542809A (ja) 呼吸装置
JP2015518774A (ja) 接着性ガスケットを有する使い捨て呼吸用マスク
WO2016094429A1 (en) A hybrid positive airway interface system for use with ventilation and positive air pressure systems
JP7034614B2 (ja) 逆流防止弁
WO2024094212A1 (zh) 应用于负压面罩组件的选型方法以及选型装置
CN117982771A (zh) 应用于负压面罩组件的选型方法以及选型装置
KR200474520Y1 (ko) 내시경용 페이셜 마스크
US20220331139A1 (en) Device and method for opening an airway
US11389612B2 (en) Respiratory system and mask interface
CN216703140U (zh) 一种适用于俯卧位喉罩插管患者的面部保护贴
CN213609193U (zh) 一种无痛镜检用面罩
CN214484567U (zh) 一种手术室护理用加压止血带
CN216148778U (zh) 一种改良型无创面罩机械通气的胃肠管固定装置
WO2016154676A1 (en) Improved sleep apnoea mask adapter
AU2015268631B2 (en) Breathing assistance apparatus
CN117794601A (zh) 具有粘合剂表面的患者接口